Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080211831 | Portable communication terminal - There is provided a portable communication terminal capable of switching between icon display and non-display. Processes executed by a control unit of a portable phone which is an aspect of the portable communication terminal comprises the steps of detecting, during the execution of an icon-bar displaying process, a press of an operation key, terminating outputting icon data if the operation key is associated with the icon-bar non-display function and if there is already no icon bar being displayed, detecting a press of the operation key, and executing the icon-bar displaying process if the operation key is associated with the icon-bar display function and if there is no icon bar being displayed. | 09-04-2008 |
20080218529 | Image Creating Device, Load Display Method, Recording Medium, And Program - An operation input reception unit ( | 09-11-2008 |
20080225057 | Selective image editing in a browser - Methods, tools, and systems are provided for editing an image in a browser. One method includes presenting an image in a browser, receiving a selection identifying an area of an image to transform and a transformation and transforming the area of the image in the browser without interaction with the server. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225058 | Effects applied to images in a browser - Methods, tools, and systems are provided for editing an image in a browser. One method includes presenting an image in a browser, receiving a selection from a user to transform the image and transforming the image in the browser without interaction with the server. | 09-18-2008 |
20080231640 | Animation Retargeting - Systems and methods are described, which create a mapping from a space of a source object (e.g., source facial expressions) to a space of a target object (e.g., target facial expressions). In certain implementations, the mapping is learned based a training set composed of corresponding shapes (e.g. facial expressions) in each space. The user can create the training set by selecting expressions from, for example, captured source performance data, and by sculpting corresponding target expressions. Additional target shapes (e.g., target facial expressions) can be interpolated and extrapolated from the shapes in the training set to generate corresponding shapes for potential source shapes (e.g., facial expressions). | 09-25-2008 |
20080231641 | Display Device, and Circuit and Method for Driving Same - In one embodiment of the present application, a display is disclosed in which any defective pixel is rendered less noticeable even if a full-screen white display or suchlike is effected. In a normally-white liquid crystal display device, which transitions after power activation from non-display state through display starting state, where a full-screen blank white display is effected, to normal display state, an auxiliary electrode driver portion controls an auxiliary capacitance line voltage V | 09-25-2008 |
20080238937 | HAPTIC INTERFACE SYSTEM FOR VIDEO SYSTEMS - A haptic interface system is presented including manipulating a haptic controller having an accelerometer; programming a video system processor for responding to moving the accelerometer of the haptic controller; and activating a haptic response device by the video system processor for updating the haptic controller including heating, cooling, illuminating, or a combination thereof. | 10-02-2008 |
20080259093 | Electronic device and method for displaying a full frame image - An electronic device is proposed for cooperating with a first electronic device to display a full image corresponding to a video signal. The electronic device includes a display screen for displaying a first partial image of the full image. The first electronic device includes a first display screen for displaying a second partial image of the full image. The electronic device further includes a control module for generating an adjust command and a transmitting module for transmitting the adjust command to the first electronic device in order to rotate the second partial image in such a manner that the second partial image combines with the first partial image to match the full image. | 10-23-2008 |
20080266319 | Video processing apparatus and method - A video processing apparatus stores video data in a memory, detects, from the video data, (a) a first display region of a first image object displayed for a first predetermined period of time or longer, (b) a first display interval indicating the start to end video frames in which the first image object is displayed, (c) a second display region of a second image object displayed within a predetermined range with reference to the first display region of the first image object, and (d) one or more second display intervals each indicating the start to end video frames in which the second image object is displayed, each second display interval being shorter than the first display interval, and generates a support data items used in at least one of a playback process, edit process, and search process of the video data, based on each second display interval. | 10-30-2008 |
20080266320 | Edit Tool for Line Vector Data - The invention is devised to facilitate the editing of a graphic displayed on a screen. An editing device includes: an edit object display unit for displaying on a screen a graphic to be edited which includes at least one line graphic defined as a line segment extending from a first end point to a second end point an edit graphic display unit for displaying on the screen an edit graphic for editing the line graphic an edit graphic moving unit for moving the edit graphic on the screen in accordance with a user operation; an edit graphic moving unit for moving the edit graphic on the screen in accordance with a user operation; an edit object dividing unit for dividing, in response that the edit graphic contacts a line graphic, the line graphic by generating an end point at a contact point; and an edit object moving unit for moving, in response that the edit graphic is further moved in a direction of a line graphic which contacts the edit graphic, an end point of the line graphic, which contacts the edit graphic in accordance with the movement of the edit graphic. | 10-30-2008 |
20080278516 | System and method for adjusting perceived eye rotation in image of face - Various embodiments of a method for changing the perceived view direction in an image of a person's face are disclosed. | 11-13-2008 |
20080284795 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE DISPLAY OF INFORMATION IN TWO REGIONS OF A DISPLAY AREA IN A TRANSPORTATION DEVICE - In a method and a device for controlling the display on a display area of a display device in a transportation device, data are generated for the display of a background region and data for the display in a subregion of the display area. The display in the subregion covers the display of the background region, and the display content in the subregion displays at least a portion of the display content of the background region covered by the subregion in a different manner than in the background region. The subregion in the display is shifted relative to the display content of the background region, or the display content of the background region is shifted relative to the subregion, the display content in the subregion being updated in the process, so that, in the new relative position between the subregion and the display content of the background region, it continues to display at least a portion of the display content of the background region covered by the subregion in a different manner than in the background region. | 11-20-2008 |
20080284796 | Display data generation device, display automatic operation data generation device, display data generation method, display automatic operation data generation method, display data generation program, display automatic operation data generation program, and computer readable recording medium containing these programs - An image automatic display device for reading automatic operation data as one of pieces of input data has a display image data generation device and a display image data generation operation processing unit. The display image data generation device generates image data to be displayed on a display device on the basis of image data read out from an image input device. The display image data generation operation processing unit controls the display image data generation device by using user operation input data inputted through a viewer operation input device and the automatic operation data. The automatic operation data has a plurality of sets of values of various parameters used for generating an image to be displayed. A user performs an operation through the viewer operation input device, so that a desired set to be applied for image generation is designated in the automatic operation data. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291214 | Theme Picture Promotional Photography and Theme Picture Composition Guide for Electronic Camera Display - Theme picture promotional photography, in which the subject image is captured using a temporary composition guide attached to the electronic display on a digital camera. The theme picture composition guide includes an image overlay depicting content to be added to the captured image post-capture to create a theme picture. The theme picture may be printed on-site, and it may also be displayed or distributed in association with a client website to promote electronic traffic to the client website. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291215 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE DISPLAY OF STILL IMAGES FROM IMAGE FILES - An apparatus for displaying digital image files on a standard display device such as a television set is provided in the form of a set-top box. The box includes an integrated circuit and memory buffer for computing an image from a file, a second memory buffer for storing computed images, and a video output for delivering the images to the display device. Preferably, the set-top box also includes an infrared receiver for remote operation. The set-top box receives the image files from standard storage media such as floppy disks. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291216 | Electronic game utilizing photographs - The present disclosure includes, among other things, methods and apparatus, including computer program products, for providing an electronic game utilizing photographs. | 11-27-2008 |
20090002391 | Manipulation of Graphical Objects - Methods of manipulating graphical objects are described. One or more graphical objects are displayed in a fixed orientation with reference to a sensed reference direction. Manipulation is achieved by fixing the orientation or position of a displayed graphical object with reference to an apparatus, such as the display itself or a proxy device, detecting a change in orientation of that apparatus and editing the orientation of the graphical object based on the detected change. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002392 | Integrated platform for user input of digital ink - Described is a technology that provides an integrated platform for users to use different kinds of digital ink (e.g., handwritten characters, sketched shapes, handwritten formulas) when interacting with computer programs. The platform interprets the user's digital ink input and outputs one or more associated items into an application program. The output items can be customized for different application programs. In one aspect, the platform includes an ink panel having different operating modes for receiving digital ink, and a recognition service that recognizes different types of digital ink. The recognition service may include a unified recognizer that recognizes different types of digital ink, e.g., characters and shapes. Another recognizer may be included such as an equation recognizer. If the recognition result is text while in a non-text mode, the text may be used in a keyword search to locate items; otherwise, the recognition result may be used without keyword searching. | 01-01-2009 |
20090009529 | ADAPTIVE CONTEXTUAL FILTERING - Selectively applying graphical filtering to a portion of an object. One method described herein includes a method including accessing an object to be rendered. At least one characteristic of a portion of the object is determined. A filter is selected that has been pre-specified for the at least one determined characteristic. The filter is applied to the portion of the object, while not applying the filter to at least one other portion of the object. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009530 | Method and Apparatus for Automatic Display of Pictures in a Digital Picture Frame - A method for displaying a photograph on a digital picture frame comprising the steps of: retrieving a digital image file containing the picture from a digital storage media device; detecting an orientation of the photograph; and displaying the image on the digital picture frame in the correct orientation on a display unit of the digital picture frame. | 01-08-2009 |
20090015594 | AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR THE SAME - A sound signal processing apparatus includes: an obtaining unit which obtains a sound signal discriminated for each frequency band; a color assignment unit which assigns color data, different for each frequency band, to the obtained sound signal; a luminance change unit which generates data including a changed luminance of the color data, base on a level for each frequency band of the sound signal; a color mixing unit which generates data obtained by totalizing data generated by the luminance change unit in all the frequency bands; and a display image generating unit which generates image data for display on an image display device from data generated by the color mixing unit. Because of mixing the data for each frequency band and displaying the data as the single image, the sound signal processing apparatus can display the frequency characteristics of plural channels with using the image of small number. Thereby, the user can easily understand the characteristics of plural channels based on the displayed image. | 01-15-2009 |
20090015595 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONVERTING DIGITAL MAP INFORMATION USING DISPLAYABLE MAP INFORMATION AS AN INTERMEDIARY - A system and method for converting digital map information using displayable map information as an intermediary. An embodiment of the present invention is generally related to systems for accessing, displaying, editing and using digital maps. The system can receive data into the viewer application in a first map format and then provide or output that data in a second map format. Different map formats can be interpreted and/or optionally displayed in a universal display format. Depending on the particular embodiment the universal display format can include item coordinates, or higher level descriptions of geometry and topology in the map. In accordance with an embodiment, a map format legend associated with a particular map format can then be used to interpret the universal display format, and output the data into that map format. A plurality of different map legends can be used to allow different map formats to be output. In this manner the system allows for easy and universal converting of map formats. | 01-15-2009 |
20090015596 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VIEWING AND EDITING DIGITAL MAPS USING A PLUG-IN DATA ABSTRACTION LAYER FOR DIFFERENT DIGITAL MAP FORMATS - A system and method for viewing and editing digital maps using a plugin data abstraction layer for different digital map formats. An embodiment of the present invention is generally related to systems for accessing, displaying, editing and using digital maps. The system includes a viewer application together with a data abstraction layer and a plurality of different data abstraction interfaces. The data abstraction layer can be used to allow different map formats to be parsed and viewed. This allows the system to receive data in any of a variety of different input map formats. The map can then be edited, viewed, displayed on a display screen, or output. The map can also be used to create or display a map in a universal display format that is independent of the original format. | 01-15-2009 |
20090021529 | Flexible pixel element fabrication and sealing method - Discrete flexible pixel elements are hermetically sealed from the environment and comprise unitary, self-contained replaceable modules which enable efficient, economical production of large scale, free-form electronic displays, signs and lighting effects for outdoor use. The method and means for producing hermetically sealed discrete flexible pixel elements include encapsulation means, exterior casement means, and cable connector means. | 01-22-2009 |
20090021530 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A handwritten object displayed in a predetermined area on the display screen can be automatically edited in accordance with the size and shape of the area. According to this invention, a display control apparatus which controls display on a display screen includes a unit which designates an area on the display screen, a unit which extracts handwritten character images displayed in the area and calculates circumscribed rectangular areas circumscribing the respective handwritten character images, a unit which, when the shape of the area changes and it is determined that the calculated circumscribed rectangular areas do not fall within the shape-changed area, determines the arrangement of the circumscribed rectangular areas so as to make them fall within the shape-changed area, and calculates the positions of the circumscribed rectangular areas, and a unit which displays the handwritten character images at the calculated positions. | 01-22-2009 |
20090040235 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image information storage unit stores a series of images. A display-time-information storage unit stores display-time information which defines display time of each image. An image display control unit displays an image on an image display unit, based on the image stored in the image information storage unit and the display-time information stored in the display-time-information storage unit. Here, a display-time-information display control unit displays on a display-time-information display unit, the display-time information at least of images to be displayed in time series after an image currently displayed on the image display unit. | 02-12-2009 |
20090046109 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOVING AN AVATAR IN A VIRTUAL UNIVERSE - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable program code for moving an avatar. A computer renders a first viewport in a computer display. The first viewport may comprise a first tab, a first coordinate, and a first attitude. A first object is rendered based on the first coordinate and the first attitude in a region. The computer renders a second tab. The computer receives a user selection corresponding to the second tab. Next, the computer renders a second viewport comprising a second coordinate and a second attitude. The computer renders the second object in a computer display from a perspective distinct from the first viewport. In addition, the computer registers the avatar as associated with the second coordinate and second attitude in the virtual universe, wherein the first tab is a visual indication of movement history. | 02-19-2009 |
20090051698 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING DIFFERENCES IN VECTOR GRAPHIC FILES - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable program code for identifying differences in vector graphics files. A set of vector graphics file pairs are retrieved, wherein each vector graphics file pair in the set includes a first vector graphics file and a second vector graphics file. The first vector graphics file is compared with the second vector graphics file in each vector graphics file pair in the set using a one or more rules to form one or more comparisons. Differences are identified between the first and second vector graphics file in each vector graphics file pair in the set based on the comparisons. A merged file is created for each vector graphics file pair in the set containing differences from the comparisons to form results. The results are displayed in a graphical user interface after creating the merged file. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051699 | PERSPECTIVE ALTERING DISPLAY SYSTEM - The perception of a displayed image is altered for viewers moving relative to the position of the display system screen, thereby imparting a sense of three-dimensional immersion in the scene being displayed. A display generator generates a scene having foreground and background elements, and a display screen displaying the scene. A sensor detects the position of a viewer relative to the display screen, and a processor is operative to shift the relative position of the foreground and background elements in the displayed scene as a function of viewer position, such that the viewer's perspective of the scene changes as the viewer moves relative to the display screen. The foreground and background elements may be presented in the form of multiple superimposed graphics planes, and/or a camera may be used to record the scene through panning at sequential angles. The system may be used to implement virtual windows, virtual mirrors and other effects without requiring viewers or users to modify behavior or wear glasses, beacons, etc. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051700 | Image display device, image display control method and program - An image display device includes: a storage means for storing a plurality of items of image data; a first classifying means for classifying the plurality of the items of image data in a first predetermined unit; a second classifying means for breaking the plurality of the items of image data classified by the first classifying means into smaller groups in a second predetermined unit; a display control means for controlling display in such a way that images are displayed in the second predetermined unit based on the image data broken into smaller groups by the second classifying means; and a display means for performing a predetermined display based on the control performed by the display control means. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051701 | Information layout - An operating platform- and device-neutral user interface is provided. Through the use of the disclosed user interface, device-particular nuances with regard to the rendering of information are overcome thereby allowing for greater pervasiveness of mobile device usage and reduction in development and management costs through the improvement and consistency of functionality and rendering of information. | 02-26-2009 |
20090066722 | System, Device, and Method for Conveying Information Using Enhanced Rapid Serial Presentation - A method for rendering a rapid serial presentation on a consumer device having at least a display screen involves rendering a portion of the rapid serial presentation on the display screen of the consumer device, automatically pausing rendering of the rapid serial presentation, displaying a message on the display screen for a quantum of time during such pausing, and thereafter resuming rendering of the rapid serial presentation on the display screen. The message may include an advertisement, a suggested action, or a question presented to a consumer. RSP content and non-RSP content may be rendered at different locations of the display screen. | 03-12-2009 |
20090073186 | Automated generation of images - There is described herein a method for generating an image, the method comprising: receiving at least one data file comprising at least one subject image and options information related to desired parameters for a rendered image, the options information including at least a selection for a template that defines a composition and layout for the rendered image and a selection for a background onto which the subject image is to be superimposed; retrieving the template from a database in accordance with the selection; generating the rendered image dynamically by replacing fields in the template with the at least one subject image and with elements corresponding to the options information; and outputting a signal embodying the rendered image. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073187 | Rendering Electronic Chart Objects - Rendering electronic chart objects is provided. A set of chart elements having a common set of properties is identified. Formatting attributes of the chart elements and the data point locations for each chart element are also identified. Path information is generated for the chart elements that includes the formatting attributes and the data point locations. The path information is provided to a rendering engine that renders a chart element. Each chart element in the set is displayed on a display screen. Chart elements having a common set of properties are only rendered once. Alternatively, chart objects are rendered by generating and storing an image of chart objects having a common geometry and common properties and by copying the stored image to each data point location. Dynamic selection of rendering engines based on property and performance criteria may be utilized to enhance rendering performance. | 03-19-2009 |
20090079760 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM - The invention provides an image processing method. An image is provided, and the image is divided into a first subimage, a second subimage, a third subimage, and a fourth subimage according to a decomposing method. Next, the first, second, third, and fourth subimages are processed to generate a first subframe, a second subframe, a third subframe, and a fourth subframe. Finally, the first, second, third, and fourth subframes are combined as a frame according to a composing method corresponding to the decomposing method. | 03-26-2009 |
20090079761 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RENDERING MULTI-VIEWPOINT IMAGES - For each of rendering programs in each of which a rendering procedure is described, a piece of shape data indicating a shape of a rendering target object serving as a rendering target is specified, and also information related to viewpoint positions that are different from one another is specified as a rendering condition that is used when the rendering program is executed. A multi-viewpoint image that is obtained by rendering a rendering target object with respect to each of the viewpoint positions is generated by sequentially rendering, in correspondence with execution of each of the rendering programs, images of the rendering target object to be rendered by using the rendering program, while the viewpoint is changed one after another. | 03-26-2009 |
20090085930 | WRITING CONTROL SYSTEM - A writing control system includes a display holding medium, a reading unit, an identifying unit, a control unit and a writing unit. The display holding medium includes a display section capable of displaying and holding an image in a no-power state and a storage section having a storage area for storing information that identifies an electronic document associated with it. The reading unit reads the information from the storage section when the display holding medium is located in a predetermined position. The identifying unit identifies the electronic document associated with the display holding medium, based on the information read from the display holding medium. When the electronic document associated with the display holding medium is not identified, the control unit performs control so that a page image, which has not been written, of an electronic document, which is used in last image writing, is set as a writing target. | 04-02-2009 |
20090085931 | METHOD FOR VIEWING IMAGE - A method for viewing an image is provided. The method is suitable for viewing an image displayed on a display by using an input device to directly touch the display. The method includes steps of receiving a static motion made by the input device on the display, determining a motion-temporal-still time of the static motion, and then initializing an image panning mode, when the motion-temporal-still time is at least a first predetermined time. | 04-02-2009 |
20090102859 | USER AUGMENTED REALITY FOR CAMERA-ENABLED MOBILE DEVICES - Disclosed are apparatus and methods for providing a user augmented reality (UAR) service for a camera-enabled mobile device, so that a user of such mobile device can use the mobile device to obtain meta data regarding one or more images/video that are captured with such device. As the user points the mobile device's camera at one or more objects in one or more scenes, such objects are automatically analyzed by the UAR to identify the one or more objects and then provide meta data regarding the identified objects in the display of the mobile device. The meta data is interactive and allows the user to obtain additional information or specific types of information, such as information that will aid the user in making a decision regarding the identified objects or selectable action options that can be used to initiate actions with respect to the identified objects. The user can utilize the UAR to continuously pass the camera over additional objects and scenes so that the meta data presented in the display of the mobile device is continuously updated. | 04-23-2009 |
20090102860 | Image Creating Device, Image Creating Method, Information Recording Medium, and Program - In an image creating device ( | 04-23-2009 |
20090115796 | PRIORI INFORMATION ENCODING FOR MANUAL ADAPTATION OF GEOMETRIC MODELS - The invention relates to the adaptation method ( | 05-07-2009 |
20090115797 | Image Drawing Method, Portable Terminal, and Computer Program - An image drawing method for drawing an image on an input screen of a portable terminal having input keys arranged in an N×M matrix includes the steps of: determining a size of an input window formed of grid squares arranged in an N×M matrix; determining a position of the input window on the input screen; displaying the input window of the size determined in the input window size determination at the position of the input screen, the position being determined in the input window position determination; and in response to user input being performed on one of the input keys arranged in the N×M matrix, performing a drawing process at the grid square corresponding to the position in the N×M matrix at which the user input has been performed. | 05-07-2009 |
20090122079 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, REMOTE CONTROLLER, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND CONTROL METHOD - In order to display selected content as desired by a viewer by performing an easy operation without interrupting current viewing, a display apparatus includes a reception unit for receiving from a remote controller for transmitting an operation instruction to the display apparatus operation information including the amount of operation of a selection member which is detected at the time of selecting content and identification information identifying selected content, a determination unit for determining an output attribute of the selected content identified using the identification information based on the amount of operation, an output image generation unit for generating an output image of the selected content based on the output attribute determined by the determination unit, and a display control unit for displaying the output image generated by the output image generation unit. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122080 | Information processing system and information processing apparatus - A display state of input data and a setting dialog on a display screen is determined to display the setting dialog at an appropriate position based on a determination result. An information processing system includes a scanner apparatus for inputting data and a PC for displaying input data input by the scanner apparatus on a display screen of a large-sized display. The PC includes a display control portion for displaying the input data and the setting dialog for setting document reading conditions relating to the input data on the display screen, and a display state determining portion for determining a display state of the input data and the setting dialog. The display control portion controls a display position of the setting dialog based on a determination result by the display state determining portion. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122081 | IMAGE COMPOSITING APPARATUS AND IMAGE COMPOSITING METHOD - A transition information calculating section | 05-14-2009 |
20090135198 | Method and apparatus for producing digital cartoons - An apparatus for producing digital cartoons includes: an image collection unit for collecting photorealistic image data; and a cartooning processor for performing a rendering process including image abstraction and edge generation on the photorealistic image data collected by the image collection unit to generate cartooned images. The apparatus further includes a stylization unit for producing a cartoon page having various shapes of cartoon frames, resizing the cartooned images to place the resized images into the cartoon frames and adding cartoon elements to the images placed in the cartoon frames. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135199 | DISPLAY SYSTEM, DISPLAY SYSTEM DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, DATA DISPLAY PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A display system provided in a drivable vehicle is arranged to display information including the information on the vehicle on the screens corresponding to the information, on a front liquid crystal panel and a rear liquid crystal panel. The liquid crystal panels can each display data at least one screen. The system has first and second control circuits provided for the respective front and rear liquid crystal panels and adapted to create display data to be displayed on the screens of the front and rear liquid crystal panels, and a single all-panel control section arranged to select screens displayed on the front and rear liquid crystal panels according to the information including the information on the vehicle. When display panels are equipped in a moving body, a display system is capable of controlling the screen display of the display panels integrally. A display system display control method, a data display program and recording medium are also displayed. | 05-28-2009 |
20090160872 | Imaging System - According to one embodiment, an imaging system includes a processing system and a display generator. The processing system is operable to process a signal received from a camera to yield foveal data for a foveal display region and outer data for an outer display region. The outer data have a reduced pixel density with respect to the pixel density of the foveal data. The display generator is operable to generate the foveal display region from the foveal data according to a 1:n mapping ratio, and generate the outer display region from the outer data according to a 1:m mapping ratio, where m is greater than n. | 06-25-2009 |
20090167783 | IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - Data elements are extracted from data elements stored in a storage medium in accordance with two conditions and grouped into first and second groups. The data elements in the first group and those in the second group are displayed in regions distinguished from each other on a screen. In response to user manipulation, the screen is switched to a screen that allows searching data elements in the first or second group displayed in a region corresponding to the manipulation. In searching many diverse data elements stored in a data storage, the user can select a group from groups of data elements extracted by different conditions and search the data elements in the selected group. Accordingly, the user can search data elements more readily even when many diverse data elements are stored in the storage medium. | 07-02-2009 |
20090167784 | Computer program product containing image processing program, and image processing method - The computer-readable computer program product contains an image processing program for creating image data for display from RAW image data. The program includes: a command to read out the RAW image data from an image file; a command to read out from a first storage section of the image file a first parameter, created by the camera that created the RAW image data, for performing data conversion processing upon the RAW image data to create the image data for display from the RAW image data; a command to store a second parameter set by the image processing program in a second storage section, which is a different section of the image file from the first storage section; and a command to create the image data for display from the RAW image data, by performing data conversion processing using at least the first parameter or the second parameter. | 07-02-2009 |
20090174728 | METHODS OF AND SYSTEMS FOR DISPLAYING SELECTED PORTIONS OF SPLIT SCREEN DISPLAYS - A system for manipulating the appearance of a video signal includes an input, a user interface, and a processor. The input receives a video signal displayable as a video image in an active video field. The video image includes a plurality of sections. The user interface accepts a user input to select one of the plurality of sections. The processor manipulates the video signal to display the selected one or more of the plurality of sections of the video image on a display associated with the user. | 07-09-2009 |
20090174729 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - One of the object of the present invention is to provide medical image display device and etc. that visualizes at least one volume data using a Raycast method, are provided with:a color acquisition function for acquiring color from voxel value, wherein at least two or more color acquisition functions are corresponding to at least one of the volume data; a color acquisition function calculating feature for calculating a new color acquisition function that corresponds to at least one of the color acquisition functions; and a visualization feature for visualizing the at least one volume data by the Raycast method using two or more color acquisition functions and, at least one of the color acquisition function is the new color acquisition function. | 07-09-2009 |
20090189913 | CREATING IMAGES FOR DISPLALYING OR PRINTING ON LOW-CONTRAST BACKGROUND - Techniques for automatically adding special effects to an image to be overlaid on a low-contrast background are presented. A stroke or an intervening layer of a color contrasting with the background color is automatically added to provide a contrasting color around the edges of visible image content in an image container of an electronic document. The technique may be applied to entire libraries of images to generate variant images that are visually perceptible when displayed or printed on low-contrast background colors. | 07-30-2009 |
20090195553 | SERVER-BASED RASTERIZATION OF VECTOR GRAPHICS - Technologies are described herein for high-performance rasterization of a vector graphic on a server computer. A vector graphic loader receives the vector graphic and generates an intermediate data structure from the vector graphic. A vector graphic renderer receives the intermediate data structure and renders the intermediate data structure to a render surface. An imaging component encodes the contents of the render surface to a raster image in a standard image format. The vector graphic loader and the vector graphic renderer are configured for multi-threaded and multi-processor execution on a server computer, which provides high performance. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195554 | Display Device - A display device and a displaying method implemented by the same are provided. The display device includes a first memory module, an identification device, a display screen, and a processing module. The processing module is electrically connected to the first memory module, the identification device, and the display screen. The identification device is provided for identifying a personal feature and generating a personal identity code. The processing module outputs multimedia information stored in the first memory module and then displays it on the display screen according to the identified personal feature. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201312 | VIDEO/GRAPHICS PORT ADAPTER AND METHOD THEREOF - A mode of operation of an information handling system is determined based upon configuration information received at a video/graphics port of the information handling system. In response to determining the mode of operation is a first mode of operation, information is provided from the first video/graphics port that represents only a portion of a video image. In response to determining the mode of operation is a second mode of operation, information is provided from the first video/graphics port that represents all of the video image. | 08-13-2009 |
20090207184 | Information Presentation Based on Display Screen Orientation - A handheld device presents information on a display screen in alternate formats. The device determines its orientation relative to a device user and selects a format based on that orientation. The displayed information may also be scrolled or zoomed based on a detected motion of the device. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207185 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PROJECTOR, AND DISTORTION CORRECTION METHOD - An image processing device adapted to correct distortion of an image projected on a projection screen with projection light emitted from a projector includes a detection section adapted to detect at least one of display positions of a plurality of predetermined figures displayed in a correction image projected by the projector on the projection screen, the plurality of figures arranged at densities varying in accordance with an incident condition of projection light to the projection screen, a distortion correction information generation section adapted to generate distortion correction information based on the display position detected and correction image data representing the correction image, an acquisition section adapted to acquire image data representing the image to be projected on the projection screen, and a distortion correction section adapted to execute a distortion correction process using the distortion correction information on the image data acquired. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207186 | Image display method, image display device, and projector - An image display method includes dividing one frame into a plurality of sub-frames by multiplying a frame frequency of an input image signal, reducing a high-spatial frequency component of an image signal which is used for image display in at least one predetermined sub-frame among the plurality of sub-frames in comparison with that of an image signal which is used for image display in another sub-frame, and displaying an image in each sub-frame. | 08-20-2009 |
20090213138 | MESH TRANSFER FOR SHAPE BLENDING - Techniques are disclose that may assist animators or other artists working with models. Information from a plurality of meshes in a collection may be blended or combined using correspondences between pairs of the meshes. Meshes in the collection may include different topologies and geometries. The combined information can be used to create combinations of data that reflect new topologies, geometries, scalar fields, hair styles, or the like that may be transferred to a mesh of new or existing models. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213139 | System and a method for providing information to a user as object moving over a display - A number of events are available to a user, and images relating to a group thereof are provided as images moving across a display. Depending on the frequency of use, source, relevance or availability thereof, the images may follow different paths having different directions over the display. | 08-27-2009 |
20090231358 | Hybrid Telecom Network-structured Architecture and System for Digital Image Distribution, Display and Projection - A hybrid and telecom-structured image display and projection system implementing a desired image display and projection solution that is fast, cheap to manufacture, low-power, light-weight, scalable in size and resolution, fast-switching and capable of a broad range of mode characteristics of light for implementing dimensional display and projection, flexible, rigid-flat, or rigid-conformal as needed. | 09-17-2009 |
20090231359 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR COMPOUND FEATURE CREATION, PROCESSING, AND IDENTIFICATION IN CONJUNCTION WITH A DATA ANALYSIS AND FEATURE RECOGNITION SYSTEM - Methods and systems for creation, processing, and use of compound features during data analysis and feature recognition are disclosed herein. In a preferred embodiment, the present invention functions to apply a new level of data discrimination during data analysis and feature recognition events such that features are more easily discerned from the remainder of the data pool using processing techniques that are more conducive to human visualizations, perceptions, and/or interpretations of data. This is accomplished using an example tool that allows previously processed and identified features (hereafter “known features”) to be aggregated so as to aid the system in recognizing abstract data features, preferably using Boolean operators and user-assigned hit weight values across desired cluster ranges surrounding analyzed data elements. | 09-17-2009 |
20090244089 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC SCALING OF TICK MARKS - A computer readable storage medium includes executable instructions to calculate a default number of major tick marks as a function of a minimum distance between major tick marks and the length of a GUI control. A whole number of major tick marks that evenly divides a range of values to be mapped along the length of the GUI control is iteratively searched. A whole number of major tick marks is displayed along the length of the GUI control. The default number of major tick marks is the origin from which the search begins. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244090 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND MEDIA FOR CAPTURING SCENE IMAGES AND DEPTH GEOMETRY AND GENERATING A COMPENSATION IMAGE - In some embodiments, systems for capturing scene images and depth geometry are provided, comprising a projector, an optical sensor, and a digital processing device. The projector is capable of being defocused with respect to a scene and projects light having a shifting periodic illumination pattern on the scene. The optical sensor has a plurality of pixels and detects a portion of the radiance of at least one image of the scene at each of the pixels. The digital processing device is capable of being coupled to the optical sensor and obtains a temporal radiance profile from the radiance over a time period for each of the pixels, determines an amount of projection defocus at each of the of pixels using the temporal radiance profile, and, at each of the pixels, computes a depth to the scene at the pixel using the amount of projection defocus at the pixel. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244091 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An information processing apparatus and method includes generating an image to be displayed by a display section, determining, based on a processing capacity of a terminal connected with the information processing apparatus via a communications network or the information processing apparatus itself, a size of an image to be transmitted to the terminal, dividing an image displayed on a screen into a plurality of segments based on the size determined, adding positional information indicating an on-screen position of a segment divided to segment image information based on an image of a segment; and transmitting the segment image information added with the positional information to the terminal via the communications network. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244092 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO REJECT ACCIDENTAL CONTACT ON A TOUCHPAD - In one exemplary embodiment, a portable computer having a display assembly coupled to a base assembly to alternate between a closed position and an open position. Palm rest areas are formed by a touchpad disposed on the surface of the base assembly. In an alternative embodiment, a touchpad disposed on the base assembly has a width that extends substantially into the palm rests areas of the base assembly. | 10-01-2009 |
20090251488 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EXECUTING APPLICATIONS ON A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method of rendering interactive content on a wireless device. The wireless devices receives a plurality of scene components. The plurality of scene components are associated with an application and comprise at least one behavior module or functional unit operable to execute functions associated with the scene components. The functions are a portion of an application to be executed on the wireless device. The wireless device further receives a plurality of assets. The assets are operable to be used in rendering a scene in conjunction with the plurality of scene components and the assets are customized for rendering on the wireless device. The wireless device uses a graphical user interface comprising the plurality of scene components to generate the scene based on the scene components and the functional unit. The wireless device renders the scene based on the generated scene. | 10-08-2009 |
20090251489 | GRAPHICS RENDERING AND EDITING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A graphics rendering and editing apparatus includes a rendering unit configured to render a graphic object, a position specifying unit configured to specify a pre-change position and a post-change position of an arbitrary point on the graphic object, an attribute specifying unit configured to specify a deformation attribute of the graphic object, the deformation attribute being related to how the graphic object is deformed as a position of the arbitrary point changes, and a deformation unit configured to deform, when the position specifying unit has specified the pre-change position and the post-change position the graphic object in accordance with the pre-change position, the post-change position, and the attribute specified by the attribute specifying unit. | 10-08-2009 |
20090256857 | METHODS OF INTERFACING WITH MULTI-INPUT DEVICES AND MULTI-INPUT DISPLAY SYSTEMS EMPLOYING INTERFACING TECHNIQUES - Methods and systems for interfacing with multi-input devices employ various techniques for controlling the window framing of images. Such techniques provide control, including moving, sizing, and orientating, of one or more displayed window frames in which one or more images are displayed. | 10-15-2009 |
20090262131 | Method Of Visualizing Sets Of Correlated Events On A Display - A method of visualizing sets of correlated events of a stream of events on a display, each event having a time of occurrence in the stream and at least one attribute indicating its correlation with the other events of a set, including the steps of plotting a glyph for each event on the display at a radial distance and an angular position with respect to an origin; the radial distance and the size of a glyph being proportional to the occurrence time of its event; the angular position of the glyph of a succeeding event in a set being chosen equal to that of the preceding event in the set unless these two glyphs would over-lap in which case the angular position of the glyph of said subsequent event is shifted in a given direction by an amount just sufficient to avoid such overlap; and the angular position of the glyph of the first event in a set being chosen so that overlapping of all glyphs is minimized. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262132 | ARCHITECTURES FOR PARALLELIZED INTERSECTION TESTING AND SHADING FOR RAY-TRACING RENDERING - Ray tracing scenes is accomplished using a plurality of intersection testing resources coupled with a plurality of shading resources, communicative in the aggregate through links/queues. A queue from testing to shading comprises respective ray/primitive intersection indications, comprising a ray identifier. A queue from shading to testing comprises identifiers of new rays to be tested, wherein data defining the rays is separately stored in memories distributed among the intersection testing resources. Ray definition data can be retained in distributed memories until rays complete intersection testing, and be selected for testing multiple times based on ray identifier. A structure of acceleration shapes can be used. Packets of ray identifiers and shape data can be passed among the intersection testing resources, and each resource can test rays identified in the packet, and for which definition data is present in its memory. Test results for acceleration shapes are used to collect rays against acceleration shapes, and closest detection ray/primitive intersections are indicated by sending ray identifiers to shading resources. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262133 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR STREAMING DOCUMENTS, E-MAIL ATTACHMENTS AND MAPS TO WIRELESS DEVICES - A method for pre-processing a vector image, including: receiving data for a vector image, the vector image data including a list of descriptions of global vector objects that can be rasterized for display at arbitrary levels of resolution; for each local region from among a plurality of local rectangular regions of the vector image, the local rectangular regions being associated with levels of resolution, determining local vector objects that correspond to intersections of global vector objects with such local region; and for each local region from among the plurality of local rectangular regions, storing descriptions of its local vector objects within a computer memory. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262134 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING IMAGE DATA - Provided is a device and method for transmitting image data that converts 2D image data taken by a digital camera to 3D image data and transmits the 2D and 3D image data to a computer. The image data transmission method that converts 2D image data taken by a digital camera to 3D image data and transmits the 2D and 3D image data to a computer, thereby reducing the required memory capacity and hence the image transfer rate includes extracting contours from the 2D image data taken by the digital camera; and transmitting the contour extraction data to the computer when the extraction of the contours is completed. | 10-22-2009 |
20090273610 | VIRTUAL LESION QUANTIFICATION - A system and method for quantifying a region of interest in a medical image and in particular, a PET image. The system and method allow the clinician to make real time quantitative analysis of a region of interest. The system and method can be used to quantify small lesions within a region of interest by generating a set of virtual lesions for comparison with the actual lesion. Quantitative information, such as lesion size and tracer activity, or SUV, can be obtained to assist the clinician or physician in the diagnosis and treatment of the lesion. | 11-05-2009 |
20090273611 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus which converts a frame rate by dividing an input frame into subframes and outputting the subframes, comprises, a preprocessing unit adapted to perform preprocessing of replacing a pixel value of a pixel of interest with a minimum pixel value of peripheral pixels of the pixel of interest in an input frame, a low-pass filter processing unit adapted to generate a first subframe by performing a low-pass filtering process on the input frame having undergone the preprocessing, a generating unit adapted to generate a second subframe from the first subframe and the input frame, and a switching unit adapted to output the first subframe and the second subframe by switching the first subframe and the second subframe at a predetermined timing. | 11-05-2009 |
20090284548 | DIFFERENTIAL RESOURCE APPLICATIONS IN VIRTUAL WORLDS BASED ON PAYMENT AND ACCOUNT OPTIONS - A system and method for enhancing the rendering of one or more objects based on payment and account options. The system comprises a computer infrastructure configured to control enhancement rendering of an object in a virtual universe by providing at least one augmentation attribute to a tag of the object. The method comprises providing enhancement rendering of an object in a virtual universe by augmenting the object based on a status of a user viewing the object. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284549 | CONFIGURABLE VIEW ON DATA MODELS - Data-driven configuration of various views on data models. A framework may be provided that offers one or more parameterized view generation components, each aimed at generating a particular view type in response to configuration data that populates the parameters of the associated component. A user or other computing entity merely provides configuration data to an appropriate view generation component to generate a custom view. That custom view may then optionally perhaps be applied to any number of data models, or perhaps not applied to any data model at all and just saved for perhaps some future use. This view generation may generate composite views on a data model, or even hierarchical views on a data model. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284550 | Sketch-Based Design System, Apparatus, and Method for the Construction and Modification of Three-Dimensional Geometry - Methods, apparatuses, and systems for sketch-based design, construction, and modification of three-dimensional geometry, including a computer drawing system, comprising a two dimensional input device, a display device, and a processor connected to the input device and the display device. The processor includes memory containing computer readable instructions which, when executed, cause the processors to define a three dimensional shape model, receive from the two dimensional input device an input indicative of a two dimensional hand drawn element, map the two dimensional hand drawn element to a corresponding portion of the three dimensional shape model, and modify the corresponding portion of the three dimensional shape model to resemble the two dimensional hand drawn element. | 11-19-2009 |
20090289953 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING VIEW OF A MEASURING REPORT OF AN OBJECT - A computer-based method for adjusting view of a measuring report of an object is provided. The method includes defining a plurality of tolerance ranges and a unique color, and reading data of a point-cloud of the object and the triangulated surface of the object. The method further includes setting parameters to determine a user-selected position and a user-selected angle of the point-cloud and the triangulated surface in a coordinate system, and reading a nearest distance between each triangle and a nearest point in the point-cloud. Furthermore, the method includes assigning a color to each triangle according to the tolerance ranges, and outputting a measuring report of the object. | 11-26-2009 |
20090295826 | System and method for interaction of graphical objects on a computer controlled system - A user interface method and system for performing sensemaking tasks using visual information objects. The present invention provides techniques for the system to perform operations for creating, rearranging visual information objects, reallocating display space and scaling user input automatically so that users need not interrupt their creative activities. Such operations are intuitive and non-intrusive. Certain of the behavior results of the operations are specified in contracts associated with each visual information object. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295827 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DETERMINING DRIVING PARAMETER FOR OVERDRIVE - In order to allow a user to more easily set a correction amount in overdrive (OD) driving of a liquid crystal display device, a display control apparatus which determines a driving parameter for overdrive of the liquid crystal display device includes a first display unit which repeatedly scrolls a preset reference pattern image in one direction, a second display unit which statically displays a plurality of sample images identical to the reference pattern image and having pseudo-afterimage regions whose end portions in a scroll direction are different from each other, a selection acceptance unit which accepts selection of one sample image of the plurality of sample images, and a determination unit which determines the driving parameter for overdrive based on the difference between the pixel value of the pseudo-afterimage region of a selected sample image and the pixel value of the reference pattern image. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295828 | SCAN CONVERTING A SET OF VECTOR EDGES TO A SET OF PIXEL ALIGNED EDGES - Disclosed is a process ( | 12-03-2009 |
20090303250 | CARD IMAGE DESCRIPTION FORMAT TO ECONOMIZE ON DATA STORAGE - A mobile telephone displays an image of a payment card in connection with a contactless payment function implemented in the mobile telephone. The mobile telephone constructs the payment card image from separate image elements. Data which represents at least some of the image elements is stored in an image data format which includes at least some dedicated storage fields for the various image elements. | 12-10-2009 |
20090322782 | DASHBOARD CONTROLS TO MANIPULATE VISUAL DATA - A system (and corresponding methodology) by which a user can interact directly with visual data is provided. The system employs associations and relationships between visual data objects to automatically update objects based upon a change in other objects. The innovation also provides specialized controls (e.g., dashboard tools/controls) that facilitate manipulation of visual data. As there can be numerous manners in which a user can interact with visualization data, the innovation enables a specialized set of controls to be identified and provided to a user thereby reducing overwhelming effects of a large number of controls. | 12-31-2009 |
20090322783 | Method and apparatus for displaying information - A method for displaying large amounts of information. The method includes the steps of forming a spatial layout of tiles each corresponding to a representative reference element; mapping observed elements onto the spatial layout of tiles of representative reference elements; assigning a respective value to each respective tile of the spatial layout of the representative elements; and displaying an image of the spatial layout of tiles of representative elements. Each tile includes atomic attributes of representative elements. The invention also relates to an apparatus for displaying large amounts of information. The apparatus includes a tiler forming a spatial layout of tiles, each corresponding to a representative reference element; a comparator mapping observed elements onto said spatial layout of tiles of representative reference elements; an assigner assigning a respective value to each respective tile of said spatial layout of representative reference elements; and a display displaying an image of the spatial layout of tiles of representative reference elements. | 12-31-2009 |
20090322784 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VIRTUAL 3D GRAPHICS ACCELERATION AND STREAMING MULTIPLE DIFFERENT VIDEO STREAMS - A digital video transmission system that improves performance using 3D graphics acceleration hardware. A first system creates a virtual 3D graphics card for each terminal session executing on a server system that supports multiple users. The virtual 3D graphics card is assigned a share of processing ability on a physical 3D graphics accelerator. The virtual 3D graphics card uses the share of processing ability on the physical 3D graphics accelerator to render 3D graphics in a local screen buffer associated with the terminal session. The local screen buffer is encoded and transmitted to a remote display that recreates the screen display in a video buffer of remote display. A second system operates by using a physical 3D graphics accelerator in a server system to perform transcoding for multiple video streams. To best perform task switching, the task switching is performed on I-frame borders. | 12-31-2009 |
20100002012 | METHODS, ELECTRONIC DEVICES, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROVIDING GEOGRAPHICAL PRESENCE USING MAP TILES - An electronic device is operated by determining an approximate geographic location of the electronic device, determining a zoom level for a geographic map tile that encompasses the approximate geographic location, determining horizontal and vertical coordinates for the geographic map tile based on the zoom level and the approximate geographic location of the electronic device, and sending the horizontal and vertical coordinates and zoom level to another device as a geographic presence indicator for the electronic device. Related electronic devices and computer program products are also provided. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002013 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus displays image data pieces based on an array in which the image data pieces are sorted in accordance with a specified rule. The display control apparatus extracts, with use of one image data piece from the array as a reference, image data pieces at a set interval from the image data pieces arranged in the array, and arranges and displays the extracted image data pieces that include the reference image data piece on a screen of a display unit based on an order of the array. If the reference image data piece or the interval used in the extraction of the image data pieces has been changed based on an instruction from a user, the display on the display unit is changed with use of the new reference and interval. | 01-07-2010 |
20100013855 | AUTOMATICALLY CALIBRATING PICTURE SETTINGS ON A DISPLAY IN ACCORDANCE WITH MEDIA STREAM SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS - A solution for optimizing settings of a media display device is disclosed. In the solution, a media stream can be identified. At least one stream characteristic specific to the media stream can be determined. This characteristic can be embedded in the stream itself or can be determined by analyzing the stream. At least one display device setting for playback of the media stream can be determined based at least in part upon the determined stream characteristic(s). One or more setting of the media display device can be dynamically and automatically adjusted based upon the determined display device setting(s). | 01-21-2010 |
20100026710 | Integration of External Input Into an Application - Provided are systems, methods, and computer program products for integrating external input into an application, with little or no modification to the application. Such a system includes a graphics processing unit (GPU) and an interface module. The GPU is configured to execute graphics processing tasks for the application. The interface module is configured to (i) receive a camera view of the application and an input from an after-market device and (ii) generate an adjusted camera view based on the camera view of the application and the input from the after-market device. The adjusted camera view is then provided to a display device. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026711 | IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, AS WELL AS PRINTING ASSISTING SYSTEM - The present invention provides an image display method including the steps of displaying an image printed on a front surface of a first recording medium; generating a transmissive image which represents an image that is printed on a front surface of a second recording medium which is laid under the first recording medium and seen through the first recording medium; and displaying the transmissive image superimposed on the image printed on the front surface of the first recording medium. | 02-04-2010 |
20100039445 | DISPLAYING INFORMATION ON MOVING OBJECTS, AND FREQUENCY CONVERTER - A method, equipment and frequency converter for displaying information on a moving object, the information being displayed using a light source row arranged to the moving object. The method comprises the steps of generating the information to be displayed; controlling the movement of the moving object by the frequency converter; generating control data for the light source row in accordance with information obtained from the frequency converter on the motion state of the moving object and the information to be displayed; and controlling the light sources in the light source row arranged to the moving object in accordance with the control data. | 02-18-2010 |
20100045697 | Social Virtual Avatar Modification - The techniques disclosed herein integrate a social aspect into avatar modification. Multiple users may access a virtual environment that allows users to modify the user's avatar. The users in the application may be any combination of remote and local players. The users' avatars may be associated with the same application or different applications. The users may interact in the same virtual environment while modifying their respective avatars. Any user in the virtual environment may view modifications that are made to other users' avatars and interact with other users while modifications are made. Thus, the techniques disclosed allow avatar modification to be a multi-player experience. | 02-25-2010 |
20100053205 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR DISPLAYING GRAPHICS USING HTML ELEMENTS - A method, apparatus, and system for redefining a graphic in a web browser using HTML elements are disclosed. The method begins with requesting the graphic from a data source. The method continues by obtaining graphic data from the data source, the graphic data including at least one primitive defining the graphic. Thereafter, the method continues by mapping the primitive on a grid coordinate system defining a grid, the grid having a plurality of grid elements, each grid element representing pixel values on the web browser. The method continues by determining a filled grid area value for each grid element based upon a portion of the primitive filling each grid element. Subsequently, the method continues by processing the filled grid area values to determine an opacity value for each grid element. The method finishes by using the opacity values to create HTML elements defining the graphic. In accordance with various aspects of the present invention, a computer readable medium such as a software program may redefine the graphic in a web browser using HTML elements. Additionally, a system is provided having various components in a client server configuration that may run the software program to redefine a graphic using HTML elements. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053206 | Storage medium having stored thereon image processing program and image processing apparatus - Image generation means generates an input image corresponding to an output from a pointing device. Image display control means displays the input image generated by the image generation means on a display means. Image change control means disassembles the input image generated by the image generation means into a plurality of partial images, and changes at least one of a display position and a display form of each of the partial images. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053207 | Application control based on flexible electronic device conformation sequence status - A system includes, but is not limited to: obtaining and one or more coordination modules configured to direct coordinating the one or more sequences of two or more conformations of one or more portions of one or more regions of the flexible electronic device with one or more commands. In addition to the foregoing, other related method/system aspects are described in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of the present disclosure. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053208 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTOURING A TARGET AREA - A two-dimensional contouring tool that allows a user to maintain a minimum distance away (in 3D) from other structures. The contouring tool allows the user to rapidly define a series of contours that conform to the shape of one or more existing contours (or targets) with user-specified margin limits between the new contour and the existing contours (or targets). | 03-04-2010 |
20100053209 | System for Processing Medical Image data to Provide Vascular Function Information - A system creates a visually (e.g., color) coded 3D image that depicts 3D vascular function information including transit time of blood flow through the anatomy. A system combines 3D medical image data with vessel blood flow information. The system uses at least one repository for storing, 3D image data representing a 3D imaging volume including vessels, in the presence of a contrast agent and 2D image data representing a 2D X-ray image through the imaging volume in the presence of a contrast agent. An image data processor uses the 3D image data and the 2D image data in deriving blood flow related information for the vessels. A display processor provides data representing a composite single displayed image including a vessel structure provided by the 3D image data and the derived blood flow related information. | 03-04-2010 |
20100060661 | PHYSICALLY PRESENT GAME CAMERA - A system and method for viewing objects within a virtual environment are disclosed. A virtual camera and an object exist within the virtual environment. The camera is focused on the object such that the user of the virtual environment sees the object from the perspective of the camera. The virtual camera and the object being view are subject to the physics based rules of the simulation environment. | 03-11-2010 |
20100066758 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC GENERATION OF IMAGE DISTRIBUTIONS - A method and system for automatically producing arrangements of two-dimensional extents in a computer-based editing or animation environment is presented. The method consists of defining a set of objects having two or more dimensions, automatically calculating and presenting an arrangement of said objects, and optionally iterating to produce alternative arrangements. The arrangements may use templates to guide the selection of sizes, border colors and transparency, rotation, and other attributes of the contained regions. | 03-18-2010 |
20100073398 | VISUAL SUMMARIZATION OF WEB PAGES - A visual summarization of a web page is generated. This generally involves identifying at least one of, an image that is exemplary of the page content, text that is exemplary of the page content, and a logo associated with the web page. The exemplary image and logo, if identified, are scaled to prescribed sizes. The exemplary image can act as a background image for the summarization, or a scaled version of the at least a portion of the web page can act as the background image. In the latter, if an exemplary image was identified, it is overlaid onto the background image at a prescribed location. In either case, if a logo was identified, it is also overlaid onto the background image at a prescribed location. If exemplary text was identified, a text area in the background image is identified and at least some of the exemplary text is inserted. | 03-25-2010 |
20100073399 | Methods and devices for controlling a presentation of an object - A first communication device may include a control unit to determine a first image of an object to be used in generating a multi-dimensional representation. The multi-dimensional representation may be set in at least two states, each representing an expression and to be controlled by commands. Furthermore, the control unit may determine a second image to be used in the process and determine whether the second image is associated with the first image; analyze the second image to determine a first expression of the second image; and create an expression command based on the first expression. The expression command may be used to control the multi-dimensional representation to be set in a first state presenting the determined first expression. | 03-25-2010 |
20100073400 | PARALLEL GRID POPULATION - Parallel population of a grid with a plurality of objects using a plurality of processors. One example embodiment is a method for parallel population of a grid with a plurality of objects using a plurality of processors. The method includes a first act of dividing a grid into n distinct grid portions, where n is the number of processors available for populating the grid. The method also includes acts of dividing a plurality of objects into n distinct sets of objects, assigning a distinct set of objects to each processor such that each processor determines by which distinct grid portion(s) each object in its distinct set of objects is at least partially bounded, and assigning a distinct grid portion to each processor such that each processor populates its distinct grid portion with any objects that were previously determined to be at least partially bounded by its distinct grid portion. | 03-25-2010 |
20100073401 | Adaptive Sampling Region - Properties of pixels in a digital image are sampled within different subdivisions of an editing tool impression to produce different property distributions. The different subdivisions can automatically alter their size, geometry, and/or location, based on image content within one or more of the subdivisions, in order to encompass a set of pixels having a substantially uniform distribution of a pixel property. Uniformity can be defined relative to the editing operation or context of the image. The property distributions from each region are classified to identify different edit classes within the property space, which are then used to apply an edit effect to the digital image within the tool impression. The edit classes may be represented by an edit profile in two or more dimensions. | 03-25-2010 |
20100079484 | System and Method for Selecting a Pixel Output Format - A method for selecting a pixel output format includes selecting a first pixel to be output, and determining whether the first pixel to be output overlaps with a second pixel. The second pixel is available in the first format from a first source, and in a second format from a second source. The method further includes converting the second pixel in the second format to the first format to produce a converted second pixel. The converted second pixel is compared to the second pixel having the first format, and the second pixel having the first format or the second pixel having the second format is selected for output based upon the comparison. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079485 | COMPENSATING FOR ANTICIPATED MOVEMENT OF A DEVICE - Anticipating movement of a display device and compensating for the anticipated movement. As a user performs an activity while viewing the device, the device experiences movement. The movement is compared to pattern data associated with profiles. One of the profiles is selected based on the comparison. Based at least on compensation data associated with the profile, image data for display on the device is modified to compensate for the anticipated movement. In some embodiments, the image data is shifted horizontally and/or vertically relative to a display area of the device in the opposite direction of the anticipated movement. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079486 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONVERSION OF GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATIONS OF AUTOMATION ENVIRONMENTS - A method for the conversion of graphical representations of automation environments is provided. The method includes receiving first graphics data in a first format comprising a first graphical representation of a first portion of an automation environment, processing the first graphics data to convert the first graphics data to second graphics data in a second format, where the second graphics data comprises a second graphical representation of the first portion of the automation environment, and transferring the second graphics data for delivery to and display on a client device. | 04-01-2010 |
20100085379 | EFFECT DEVICE, AV PROCESSING DEVICE AND PROGRAM - Provided herein is an AV processing apparatus applied with an effect apparatus of the invention stores a plurality of video control programs for implementing a plurality types of video effects corresponding to a plurality types of audio effects to provide the same impression as each audio effect can give. The AV processing apparatus implements a video control program corresponding to a selected audio effect from the plurality types of video effects, thereby a video effect which can provide the same impression as the audio effect can give is achieved. | 04-08-2010 |
20100097395 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRESENTING AN AVATAR - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, an avatar engine having a controller to retrieve a user profile, present a user an avatar having characteristics that correlate to the user profile, detect a change in a developmental growth of the user, adapt a portion of the characteristics of the avatar responsive to the detected change, and present the user the adapted avatar. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-22-2010 |
20100110103 | Multidimensional Particle Analysis Data Cluster Reconstruction - Systems and methods for multidimensional particle analysis data cluster mapping and reconstruction are provided. In one embodiment, a method for reconstructing multidimensional particle analysis data clusters is provided. The method includes obtaining a set of segmented two-dimensional projections corresponding to multidimensional particle analysis data associated with a biological sample of particles. Each segmented two-dimensional projection has two-dimensional clusters associated with particle populations in the biological sample. The method also includes reconstructing one or more multidimensional clusters based on the two-dimensional clusters in the segmented two-dimensional projections. | 05-06-2010 |
20100118049 | MOTION-BASED VISUALIZATION - A data-display system employs a display in which the representations of data objects are caused to move on the display in order to convey information about the represented data objects. In one example, icons in a link-analysis display that represent data objects satisfying a selection criterion are made to execute distinctive motion. In another example, three-dimensional models of moving bodies in whose features components of respective data objects are encoded are projected onto a screen plane, and the resultant values are used to generate the display. | 05-13-2010 |
20100123734 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes an image display device, a pointed-position detecting section configured to accept a pointing operation from a user via an operating surface provided on a display screen of the image display device, and detect and output a position pointed by the pointing operation, a storing section configured to store image data, and a display control section configured to display on the image display device an image according to the image data. When the pointing operation is made on the operating surface by the user, the display control section starts an image display process on the image display device in a manner according to the pointing operation which is determined on the basis of a detection output from the pointed-position detecting section, and continues the display process when pointing on the operating surface continues successively from the pointing operation on the operating surface. | 05-20-2010 |
20100128061 | PARALLEL COMPUTATION OF COMPUTATIONALLY EXPENSIVE PARAMETER CHANGES - One embodiment of the invention sets forth a graphics application configured to generate previews of a graphics object when a configurable parameter is modified. A computation engine computes the result of the modified parameter value and determines a set of additional parameter values based on configurable meta-data. The computation engine then computes results of each additional parameter value. Each computed result specifies a different change in the characteristic of the graphics object. The computation engine transmits the computed results to a preview generator, also included in the graphics application. For each computed result, the preview generator generates a preview of the graphics object that incorporates the change in the characteristic of the graphics object. The previews are transmitted to a preview pane for display. The user may then select one of the previews, and the parameter value of the configurable parameter is modified based on the selected preview. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128062 | MULTI-PROCESS INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A multi-process interactive system is described. The system includes numerous processes running on a processing device. The processes include separable program execution contexts of application programs, such that each application program comprises at least one process. The system translates events of each process into data capsules. A data capsule includes an application-independent representation of event data of an event and state information of the process originating the content of the data capsule. The system transfers the data messages into pools or repositories. Each process operates as a recognizing process, where the recognizing process recognizes in the pools data capsules comprising content that corresponds to an interactive function of the recognizing process and/or an identification of the recognizing process. The recognizing process retrieves recognized data capsules from the pools and executes processing appropriate to contents of the recognized data capsules. | 05-27-2010 |
20100134517 | METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC BOUNDARY SEGMENTATION OF OBJECT IN 2D AND/OR 3D IMAGE - Segmenting the prostate boundary is essential in determining the dose plan needed for a successful bracytherapy procedure—an effective and commonly used treatment for prostate cancer. However, manual segmentation is time consuming and can introduce inter and intra-operator variability. This present invention describes an algorithm for segmenting the prostate from two dimensional ultrasound (2D US) images, which can be full-automatic, with some assumptions of image acquisition. Segmentation begins with the user assuming the center of the prostate to be at the center of the image for the fully-automatic version. The image is then filtered to identify prostate edge candidates. The next step removes most of the false edges and keeps as many true edges as possible. Then, domain knowledge is used to remove any prostate boundary candidates that are probably false edge pixels. The image is then scanned along radial lines and only the first-detected boundary candidates are kept the final step includes the removal of some remaining false edge pixels by fitting a polynomial to the image points and removing the point with the maximum distance from the fit. The resulting candidate edges form an initial model that is then deformed using the Discrete Dynamic Contour (DDC) model to obtain a closed contour of the prostate boundary. | 06-03-2010 |
20100141678 | COMMAND REMOTING - Various techniques for remoting graphics are described in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of the present disclosure. | 06-10-2010 |
20100156930 | SYNTHETIC DATA TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, SYNTHETIC DATA RECEIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYNTHETIC DATA - A synthetic data transmitting apparatus includes: a data conversion unit for converting a three-dimensional model to synthetic data, the synthetic data having a structure allowing the synthetic data to be divided into small-sized unit data capable of being combined again into the synthetic data; a data division unit for dividing the synthetic data into the unit data; and a data transmission unit for transmitting the unit data via a wired/wireless communications network. A synthetic data receiving apparatus includes: a data combining unit for receiving the unit data of the synthetic data and combining the unit data into the synthetic data; a data controller for controlling a level of detail of the combined synthetic data; and a data output unit for outputting the combined synthetic data according to the level of detail. | 06-24-2010 |
20100164986 | Dynamic Collage for Visualizing Large Photograph Collections - Described is a technology in which a collage of digital photographs is dynamically computed and rendered so as to vary the photographs that are visible in the collage over time. A dynamic collage mechanism coupled to a source of photographs computes a collage for visible output, and dynamically updates the collage on a scheduled basis by adding different photograph(s) in place of other photograph(s). Each arrangement of the photographs in each updated collage is computed from a previous collage. Also described is layout optimization in which the photographs in the updated collage are translated, rotated and/or layered so as to cover a maximum amount of the overall area of the collage. | 07-01-2010 |
20100164987 | STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING GAME PROGRAM STORED THEREON AND GAME APPARATUS - A reference character is generated by combining part objects prepared for each site. At least one candidate character object is generated by changing at least one part object among the part objects used in the reference character object. The reference character object and the candidate character object are displayed by a display device, and an input for selection from a user is accepted. Next, a site for which different part objects are used between the selected character object and the reference character object is determined. A new character object is generated by changing the part object used for the determined site with priority. The selected character object is displayed as the reference character, and the newly generated character is displayed as the candidate character. | 07-01-2010 |
20100171754 | CONVERTING DIGITAL INK TO SHAPES AND TEXT - A shape expressed using digital ink is recognized and a beautified shape is inserted into a document in a native document format. A user interface (“UI”) control is displayed adjacent to the beautified shape which, when selected, will display selectable items for modifying the beautified shape. Insertion of the beautified shape may be undone, the beautified shape may be deleted, and the format of the beautified shape may be modified. Digital ink may also be received that corresponds to text. The digital ink is inserted into a document, displayed, and the text represented by the digital ink is recognized. A UI control is displayed adjacent to the digital ink that will display one or more selectable UI items corresponding to recognition alternates. When selected, the selectable items will cause the text of the corresponding recognition alternate to be inserted into the document. | 07-08-2010 |
20100177116 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR HANDLING NON-TEXTUAL INFORMATION - A system for inserting emoticons into text may include capturing a facial expression of a communication device, generating representational data set corresponding to the captured facial expression, comparing the representational data set to a stored data set corresponding to a number of different emoticons, selecting one of the emoticons based on a result the comparison, and inserting the selected emoticon into the text. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177117 | CONTEXTUAL TEMPLATES FOR MODIFYING OBJECTS IN A VIRTUAL UNIVERSE - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer program product for modifying object styles in a virtual universe. An object is rendered in accordance with a first contextual style template from a plurality of contextual style templates. The first contextual style template comprises first geometric and texture data to display the object with a first style. In response to detecting a set of contextual changes associated with the object, a second contextual style template is identified from the plurality of contextual style templates. The set of contextual changes triggers implementation of the second contextual style template to change the first style of the object to a second style. The object is rendered in accordance with second geometric and texture data in the second contextual style template to form a modified object, wherein the modified object is displayed with the second style. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177118 | PATH CREATION UTILITY FOR IMAGE EDITOR - Methods and apparatus for a path-creation utility for use within an image editor. In some embodiments, the image editor enables a user to create customized image content by overlaying one or more images (for example, text, shapes, icons, etc.) upon one or more background images. Once the user is satisfied with the appearance of the created image, the user may then utilize the disclosed path creation utility to trace one or more paths around certain portions of the image. The traced paths may be used to effectively mask out undesirable content from the source image, or to otherwise enable the user to define a particular geometry for the image. The paths specified by the user may then be provided as input to an image cutting tool adapted to create an image with dimensions based upon the paths traced by the user. | 07-15-2010 |
20100188419 | SELECTIVE DISPLAY OF OCR'ED TEXT AND CORRESPONDING IMAGES FROM PUBLICATIONS ON A CLIENT DEVICE - Text is extracted from a source image of a publication using an Optical Character Recognition (OCR) process. A document is generated containing text segments of the extracted text. The document includes a control module that responds to user interactions with the displayed document. Responsive to a user selection of a displayed text segment, a corresponding image segment from the source image containing the text is retrieved and rendered in place of the selected text segment. The user can select again to toggle the display back to the text segment. Each text segment can be tagged with a garbage score indicating its quality. If the garbage score of a text segment exceeds a threshold value, the corresponding image segment can be automatically displayed instead. | 07-29-2010 |
20100194778 | PROJECTING DATA DIMENSIONS ON A VISUALIZATION DATA SET - A visualization system is provided. The system includes a visualization component that displays at least two dimensions of data in at least a two dimensional view of the data. A selection component indicates at least one other dimension of data and a projection component expands the two dimensional view of the data with at least one other dimensional view of the data. | 08-05-2010 |
20100194779 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIZING POLYGONS IN AN INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (IC) LAYOUT - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system that sizes a polygon in a layout. During operation, the system receives a polygon which is to be sized by a sizing amount. The system then selects one or more vertices of the polygon. Next, the system replaces each selected vertex with a set of replacement vertices, and subsequently assigns a projection path to each replacement vertex in the set of replacement vertices. The system next performs a sizing operation on the polygon according to the sizing amount. During the sizing operation, the system moves each replacement vertex in the set of replacement vertices along the assigned projection path, thereby creating a clipping on the angle associated with the selected vertex. Furthermore, this sizing operation is continuous: similar output polygons are obtained for similar sizing amounts. | 08-05-2010 |
20100194780 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING A MOSAIC - A method and a system for building a mosaic. The system includes a software processor to design a pattern from an image, a graphical user interface, an operational manager, a sorter, an inspection station, a bufferer and a mechanical mechanism. The pattern is disassembled into a plurality of sub-images, each of the plurality of sub-images is associated with at least one tile. The operational manager determines materials, a quantity of materials and a location in the pattern for each of the at least one tile. The sorter sorts the at least one tile and the inspection station conducts a quality control review for each of the at least one tile. The bufferer buffers each of the at least one tile according to a command from the operational manager and the mechanical mechanism picks and places each of the at least one tile in a predetermined position, as determined by the software processor. | 08-05-2010 |
20100201706 | VIRTUAL WHITE LINES (VWL) FOR DELIMITING PLANNED EXCAVATION SITES OF STAGED EXCAVATION PROJECTS - Methods and apparatus for facilitating detection of a presence or an absence of at least one underground facility within a dig area. Source data representing one or more input images of a geographic area including the dig area is electronically received at a first user location, which may be remote from the dig area. The source data is processed so as to display at least a portion of the input image(s) on a display device. One or more indicators are added to the displayed input image(s), via a user input device associated with the display device, to provide at least one indication of the dig area and thereby generate a marked-up digital image. In the case of a staged excavation project, the input image, or a plurality of associated images, may include indicia of multiple dig areas corresponding to multiple stages of the staged excavation project. | 08-12-2010 |
20100220112 | System and Method for Grouping Cluster Spines Into a Two-Dimensional Visual Display Space - A system and method for grouping cluster spines into a two-dimensional visual display space is provided. Clusters of concepts, each extracted from documents, are obtained. Spines are formed by placing the clusters sharing at least one of the concepts along a spine. The spines are ordered based on a length of each spine. One or more of the spines are selected as unique spines and placed into a visual display space. A similarity is determined between one of the spines not placed and each of the placed unique spines. The placed unique spine most similar is identified. An anchor cluster on the most similar unique spine that satisfies a threshold similarity with the unplaced spine is selected. A cluster on the unplaced spine that is most similar to the selected anchor cluster is identified and grafted to the selected anchor cluster as a group of cluster spines. | 09-02-2010 |
20100225664 | CONTENT DISPLAY APPARATUS - A movable content display apparatus with a display section displaying contents including; a position detecting section which is arranged on the surface on the opposite side of the display section and detecting image patterns; and a control section shifting a display position of the image of the contents being displayed in the display section by a distance according to the movement distance and in a direction opposite to the movement direction, when the position detecting section detects from the changes in the image pattern that the own apparatus has moved on a table by a certain movement distance in a certain movement direction. | 09-09-2010 |
20100231605 | MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - A medical image processing apparatus capable of aligning, among plural series of images, slice images included in the series easily in a short time. The medical image processing apparatus is connected to at least one display unit | 09-16-2010 |
20100231606 | INFERRING DIAGRAM STRUCTURE THROUGH IMPLICIT SHAPE RELATIONSHIPS - Information in a diagram is logically structured using lists, containers, and callouts without requiring the diagram author to explicitly define a structure or map any diagram contents to a structure. Logical relationships are inferred based on actions associated with shapes, groupings, and attributes of shapes/groupings taken by the author. Feedback mechanisms are provided to communicate an underlying structure to the author. Intelligent behaviors are enabled to expose manipulation of diagrams based on their logical structure. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231607 | DIGITAL PHOTO FRAME WITH MIRROR FUNCTION - A digital photo frame (DPF) includes a power source, a power management unit, a display panel, a backlight unit, a touch sensing unit and a processing unit. The display panel includes a reflective structure. The power management unit is used to manage the power supply from the power source to the DPF. The touch sensing unit is used to produce a touch signal when detecting the DPF is touched by a user. The processing unit receives the touch signal, and controls the management unit to discontinue the power from the power source to the backlight unit, therefore display panel reflects images via the reflective structure. | 09-16-2010 |
20100245385 | PAGE REGION IMAGE OFFSET METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A method and system for rendering a raster image. A raster image can be analyzed with respect to the specialty media upon which the raster image is rendered, in order to determine if a difference exists between particular sections of the specialty media and the raster image. Thereafter, one or more regions of the raster image can be selected for offsetting, if it is determined that such a difference does exist, in order to thereafter re-render the raster image and thereby provide a non-destructive editing capability with respect to the raster image and a rapid resolution of quality problems associated with rendering the raster image via the specialty media. | 09-30-2010 |
20100259557 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RENDERING IMAGES - To facilitate rendering an image, e.g., a portion of a PDF page, at higher resolutions or locations than could be expressed using standard 32 bit fixed point integer values, an image is segmented and a user space coordinate system origin used for individual segment processing is transformed on a per segment basis to each segment locality before a render request is made to a rendering function library. After a new origin of a segment is established, the PDF page content contained within that locality corresponding to the individual segment being processed is rendered, e.g., using functions available in the PDF software library. The results of processing the segments is combined to produce a final high-resolution image. While the input to the rendering process may include values which can not be expressed in 32 bit fixed point notation, the segmentation process allows the individual segments to be rendered using rendering specified using such notation. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259558 | Underline removal apparatus - To remove an underline even if a business document includes a chart or even if the underline touches a character string, provided is an underline removal apparatus that removes an underline area from binary image data including the underline area touching a character string, the underline removal apparatus including: an underline search processing unit that executes a line template matching process by setting a point on the binary image data as a starting point to set a rectangular line template, tracing pixels included in the line template, and extracting a polyline indicating underline position coordinates; and an underline removal processing unit that uses the polyline to execute a process of obtaining background borderline coordinates between the underline area and a background area and character borderline coordinates between the underline area and the character string obtained by applying an interpolation process to a part in the underline area touching the character string and to execute a process of replacing an area surrounded by the background borderline coordinates and the character borderline coordinates by a color of pixels of the background area. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265267 | Analyzing pixel data by imprinting objects of a computer-implemented network structure into other objects - An analysis system analyzes digital images using a computer-implemented network structure that includes a process hierarchy, a class network and a data network. The data network includes image layers and object networks. Objects in a first object network are segmented into a first class, and objects in a second object network are segmented into a second class. One process step of the process hierarchy involves generating a third object network by imprinting objects of the first object network into the objects of the second object network such that pixel locations are unlinked from objects of the second object network to the extent that the pixel locations were also linked to objects of the first object network. The imprinting step allows object-oriented processing of digital images to be performed with fewer computations and less memory. Characteristics of an object of the third object network are then determined by measuring the object. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265268 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DISPLAYING A VERTICAL PROFILE FOR AN AIRCRAFT PROCEDURE WITH NONUNIFORM SCALING - Methods and systems are provided for presenting procedure information for a vertical profile on a display device associated with an aircraft. A method comprises displaying a first segment of the plurality of segments comprising a vertical profile with a first vertical scale and a first horizontal scale, wherein the first horizontal scale is based on a first distance associated with the first segment. The method further comprises displaying a second segment of the plurality of segments with the first vertical scale and a second horizontal scale, wherein the second horizontal scale is based on a second distance associated with the second segment. The first horizontal scale and the second horizontal scale are not equal. In this manner, the vertical profile has a nonuniform horizontal scale and a uniform vertical scale across segments. | 10-21-2010 |
20100271389 | Information Handling System And Method For Using Main Link Data Channels - A method of providing information for display includes receiving primary, secondary, and tertiary information for display at an information handling system. The tertiary information is communicated to a display interface after the primary and secondary information during a time period otherwise assigned to the communication of dummy information. This allows more information to be communicated via a communication channel. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271390 | VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT PICTURE QUALITY ADJUSTMENT - A system and method for dynamically changing the display parameters of a display device. The system includes a server that obtains information about display content, environmental factors and user preferences affecting the display device. This information is used to generate initial display parameters which can be downloaded to the display device. The display device can use the initial display parameters to select final display parameters based upon sensed real-time information about the display device, the user preferences and environmental factors affecting the display device. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271391 | Presenting Textual and Graphic Information to Annotate Objects Displayed by 3D Visualization Software - The present invention relates to a method of displaying a dynamic 2D annotation associated with an object displayed in a 3D scene. The method includes providing a computer system that includes a display device; establishing a view location and direction; orienting the dynamic 2D annotation substantially perpendicular to the view direction; orienting the dynamic 2D annotation substantially horizontal relative to the 3D scene; positioning the dynamic 2D annotation relative to an attachment point on or near the object; extending an attachment handle between the dynamic 2D annotation and the attachment point; and displaying the dynamic 2D annotation and the attachment handle in the 3D scene on the display device. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271392 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACCESSIBILITY AND CONTROL OF PARAMETERS IN SCENEGRAPHS - A method and system for providing access to and control of parameters within a scenegraph includes redefining components or nodes' semantic within a scenegraph. The set of components or nodes (depending on the scenegraph structure) are required to enable access from the Application User Interface to selected scenegraph information. In one embodiment, a user interface is generated for controlling the scenegraph parameters. In addition, constraints can be implemented that allow or disallow access to certain scenegraph parameters and restrict their range of values. | 10-28-2010 |
20100277503 | DISPLAY DRIVE CONTROL CIRCUIT - No flicker is displayed on the display screen during display of moving pictures and power consumption can be reduced by adding a high quality moving picture display function. Moreover, the number of times of transfer of moving pictures by comprising a still-picture·text·system·I/O bus·interface and a moving picture interface (external display interface), providing a display operation change register (DM) and a RAM access change register (RM) which are changed selectively depending on display content (display mode) displayed on a display device and displaying the display data on the display device via a picture memory even in the moving picture display mode. | 11-04-2010 |
20100283795 | NON-REAL-TIME ENHANCED IMAGE SNAPSHOT IN A VIRTUAL WORLD SYSTEM - A computer implemented method, a tangible computer storage medium, and a data processing system generate a non-real-time image snapshot in a virtual world. A backend rendering system receives a scene description from a virtual world server. The backend rendering system then retrieves a high fidelity graphics from a visual database. The visual database contains both the high fidelity graphics and a lightweight graphics. The lightweight graphics are utilized to render the virtual world at a virtual world client application. The backend rendering system then renders the non-real-time image snapshot, and processes the non-real-time image snapshot into the desired format. The non-real-time image snapshot can then be delivered to a client. | 11-11-2010 |
20100289817 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ILLUSTRATING A VIRTUAL OBJECT IN A REAL ENVIRONMENT - The invention relates to a method for representing a virtual object in a real environment, having the following steps: generating a two-dimensional image of a real environment by means of a recording device, ascertaining a position of the recording device relative to at least one component of the real environment, segmenting at least one area of the real environment unmarked in reality in the two-dimensional image for identifying at least one segment of the real environment in distinction to a remaining part of the real environment while supplying corresponding segmentation data, and merging the virtual object with the two-dimensional image of the real environment with consideration of the segmentation data such that at least one part of the segment of the real environment is removed from the image of the real environment. The invention permits any collisions of virtual objects with real objects that occur upon merging with a real environment to be represented in a way largely close to reality. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289818 | IMAGE LAYOUT DEVICE, IMAGE LAYOUT METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image layout device including an image alignment unit configured to align an image included in an image group based on an attribute of an image included in an image group, a layout selection unit configured to select a layout frame based on an order of a layout frame, which arranges an image, included in a template which is an arrangement object of an image and an attribute of the layout frame, an image selection unit configured to select an image based on an order of an image aligned by the image alignment unit and on the attribute of the image, and a selected image layout unit configured to arrange an image selected by the image selection unit in a layout frame selected by the layout frame selection unit. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289819 | IMAGE MANIPULATION - A method, computer-readable medium and system for manipulating image data are disclosed. A method of manipulating image data includes accessing first image data configured for display using a first display device. Information associated with a manipulation of the first image data is accessed. Second image data is generated from the first image data using the information, wherein the second image data is configured for display using a second display device. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289820 | Creation and Manipulation of Canvases Based on Ink Strokes - A canvas in an inking application is created and manipulated based on ink strokes. An ink stroke outside a presented canvas, even outside a user interface of the inking application, is recorded and the presented canvas enlarged to cover the recorded ink stroke. If the ink stroke begins on a command area such as a canvas size control icon, the command associated with the area is executed. If the ink stroke begins in a typed text area, lines are frozen and separated responsive to the first stroke. A new canvas is presented between the separated lines. A size of the new canvas is adjusted based on ink entry or a size of the first ink stroke. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289821 | PATIENT VISUAL INSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES FOR SYNCHRONIZING BREATHING WITH A MEDICAL PROCEDURE - A method of prompting a patient includes informing a patient a relationship between a result of an activity being performed by the patient and a first target result to be achieved by the activity. A method of prompting a patient includes informing a patient a relationship between a time and a target result to be achieved by an activity. A method of prompting a patient includes informing a patient a relationship between a position of a portion of the patient and a first target position for the portion. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289822 | IDENTIFICATION, STORAGE AND DISPLAY OF LAND DATA ON A WEBSITE - Disclosed is a land website that provides a personalized database on which data can be stored, retrieved, customized and communicated (e.g., by e-mail) relating to a particular piece of property. The database can be accessible via a password and a security code over the Internet and may be encrypted for transmission. Land websites can be established that contain image data, map libraries, virtual tours, legal descriptions, title information, e-documents, actual pictures of property and various other information. Unique 3-D imaging of composite images can be provided on the land website as well as fly-around composite 3-D images. The land website provides a unique way of packaging information relating to a piece of land in a single, accessible location. A boundary applet tool is provided on the land website portal that allows a user to simply and easily draw boundaries around the property of interest and then submit an order for more detailed information about the property of interest. Various map data and image data are provided to assist the user in drawing the boundaries. Acreage amounts are automatically calculated based upon the size and area drawn by the user. Properties of interest can be easily accessed by a global coordinate system or by searching on map data that is provided on a wide range of scales. | 11-18-2010 |
20100302274 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image display device and a control method therefor are disclosed. The image display device manages the positions of objects by dividing its display screen into grids. Thus, overlap between objects is efficiently prevented and unnecessary computations for avoiding the overlap are relieved from a controller. Also, the displayed area of an object may be shifted in various patterns. | 12-02-2010 |
20100309220 | GPS DEVICE - A method for dynamic collision avoidance of graphical and textual elements on a display is disclosed. The method comprises displaying an aerial image of a portion of the golf course on a viewport of a golf GPS device, wherein the GPS device comprises a GPS component, a memory for storing a plurality of aerial images of a golf course, and a user input. The method further comprises determining the location of the at least one element of texts on the display in positional relation to the plurality of elements on the display, determining if there is a collision of elements on the display, and adjusting the texts element to avoid collision. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309221 | Display Housing With Slot For Receiving Peripheral Devices - A system comprises a housing for a display. The housing defines a slot in an exposed surface of the housing. The slot is adapted to receive a peripheral device. The system also comprises a location sensing mechanism in the slot usable to determine a physical location of the peripheral device inserted into the slot. | 12-09-2010 |
20100315431 | COMBINING OVERLAPPING OBJECTS - A method of modifying drawing commands to be input to a rendering process is disclosed. The method detects a first glyph drawing command and detects a predetermined number of further glyph drawing commands proximate within a threshold of the first glyph drawing command. The predetermined number of proximate glyph drawing commands is accumulated. The accumulated proximate glyph drawing commands are combined into a 1-bit depth bitmap. The 1-bit depth bitmap is output to the rendering process as a new drawing command. | 12-16-2010 |
20100321402 | DISPLAY UPDATE FOR A WIRELESS DISPLAY DEVICE - Embodiments of partial update for a wireless display device include providing an update information message identifying a location of the partial update and the changed image data. A display source identifies changes in image data stored in a frame buffer, generates an update information message to identify the location of the changed image data and to provide the changed image data. A display sink receives the update information message and merges the changed image data with image data stored in a local frame buffer. | 12-23-2010 |
20100328342 | System and Method for Maximizing Edit Distances Between Particles - Embodiments of the invention disclose a system and a method for transforming a set of particles in an output set of particles representing a set of words suitable for use in an information retrieval system. The method generates, for each particle in the set of particles, combinations of parts of a particle, and replaces the particle in the set of particles with the parts of a combination maximizing a total minimum edit distance (MED) of the set of particles. For example, the method determines a MED of each particle in the set of particles, determines the total MED of the set of particles as summations of the MED of each particle, and then determines the combination maximizing the total MED of the set of particles. | 12-30-2010 |
20110001758 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANIPULATING AN OBJECT INSERTED TO VIDEO CONTENT - The subject matter discloses a method of manipulating an object inserted into computerized content, comprising receiving input related to manipulation of the object, determining the manipulation to be applied on the object, determining the display of the object according to the determined manipulation and displaying the object after manipulated. The input may be received from the user or from metadata related to the video content, which may also be a single image. The subject matter also discloses a system for implementing and determining the manipulation applied on an object inserted into an image or video content. | 01-06-2011 |
20110007091 | Information processing device, display control method and program - There is provided an information processing device that includes a communication portion, a detection portion and a display control portion. The communication portion communicates with an external device. The detection portion detects a posture of the information processing device. The display control portion controls display on a display screen based on one of a display format that is determined based on posture information indicating the posture of the information processing device detected by the detection portion and external posture information indicating a posture of the external device that is received by the communication portion, and a display format based on display switch information indicating a display format that is received by the communication portion. | 01-13-2011 |
20110012921 | Electronic Device and Method for Manipulating Graphic User Interface Elements - An electronic device for manipulating graphical user interface elements has a touch-sensitive display (touch screen) and a touch-sensitive surface (touch pad). The electronic device displays at least two graphical user elements (data icon, program icon, application window, digital photograph, etc.) on the touch screen. A user touches a first element using either the touch screen or the touch pad. This touch user interaction selects the first element and “anchors” it while a user's slide interaction on the other touch-sensitive surface manipulates the second, non-selected element. The slide contact can be interpreted by the electronic device as a drag, push, rotate, or pixel-based move (e.g., zoom in/out) relative to the first element. Various features of the slide movement, such as the speed, the length, the pressure, the direction, and/or the pattern may affect the manipulation of the second element. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012922 | Assisted Adaptive Region Editing Tool - Properties of pixels of a digital image are sampled within different subdivisions of an editing tool impression to produce different pixel property distributions. The property distributions from each region may be automatically classified to identify different edit classes within the property space, which are then used to apply an edit effect to the digital image within the tool impression. The edit classes are represented by an edit profile, the generation of which may be completely automated based on selection of a tool impression, or partially automated using the selection of the tool impression and receipt of classification guidance input, such as one or more parameters received from user input or a configuration file. The edit classes may also be generated without reference to the pixel property distributions, such as via user input. | 01-20-2011 |
20110018897 | PROJECTOR - A projector includes: an image forming unit that forms a projection image; a detection unit that detects a condition at a projection surface onto which the projection image is projected; a correction unit that corrects a source image based upon the condition at the projection surface to obtain the projection image; and a projection unit that projects the projection image. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018898 | Graphical Object Generation and Regeneration - A method of propagating changes in a design model identifies a change to a changed element, creates steps to carry out the change, creates additional steps based on the change and on relationships between the changed element and other elements in the design model, and executes the steps to alter the model in a manner that reflects the change. The steps may be created in a manner that depends on other steps that have been created. A system for regenerating a design model comprises a model element, a step propagator, and a step executor. The step propagator receives a first step that represents changes in the model element, and produces a second step that represents other changes in the model element that are dependent on the first step, and the step executor executes the first and second steps. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018899 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANIPULATING DIGITAL IMAGES - A method for manipulating a digital image includes identifying an image for processing at a local client computer, sending the image to a remote server, manipulating either locally or remotely parameters associated with the image without modifying the image itself, capturing state information defining a state of the manipulations at a predefined time and selecting a previous state at the request of the user, and synchronizing the local client computer and the remote server including updating metadata for one of the local client computer and the remote server using metadata of the other. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018900 | ADAPTIVE CONTEXTUAL FILTERING BASED ON TYPOGRAPHICAL CHARACTERISTICS - Selectively applying graphical filtering to a portion of an object can include accessing an object to be rendered and identifying at least one characteristic of a portion of the object. A corresponding filter is then selectively applied to the at least one determined characteristic and, in some instances, without applying the filter to at least one other portion of the object. | 01-27-2011 |
20110025705 | LOOP REMOVAL IN ELECTRONIC DESIGN AUTOMATION - Some embodiments provide a system that facilitates graphical object creation in an electronic design automation (EDA) application. During operation, the system uses a cursor to obtain a sequence of points from a user for creating a graphical object in a layout. Next, the system detects a loop in the graphical object based at least on the sequence of points and a current position of the cursor. Finally, the system modifies the sequence of points to remove the loop from the graphical object. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025706 | User interface for different displays - This invention relates to a method for adjusting a graphical user interface for at least two displays, wherein due to an activation of at least one of at least two displays the graphical user interface is informed about the characteristics of said at least one activated display whereby the graphical user interface is refreshed according to said characteristics. This invention also relates to a display system, to a device, to a graphical user interface and to a computer program product. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025707 | Virtual Marketplace Accessible To Widgetized Avatars - A system for creating and providing clothing and accessories for avatars, including within a virtual marketplace is disclosed. The system includes computer programming resident on at least one networked server, wherein the computer programming provides a creation tool and an online marketplace having at least one virtual storefront. A user access to the online marketplace includes a user-directed, computer programmable avatar, and further includes a computing device communicatively connected to the at least one networked server. | 02-03-2011 |
20110032270 | PRESENTATION DEVICE - A presentation device 100 comprises an image capture portion for capturing a subject at prescribed time intervals to generate successive raw images; a first storage portion to which the generated raw images are successively saved; a second storage portion to which one of the generated raw images is saved as a still image; a detection portion adapted to analyze raw images stored in the first storage portion to ascertain if a prescribed indicator member is included therein, and if the indicator member is included in the raw images, to detect the location and direction of pointing of the indicator member; a pointer image generation portion adapted to generate a pointer image showing the detected location and direction; a synthesized image generation portions adapted to read out the still image from the second storage portion and synthesize the pointer image with the still image to generate a synthesized image; and an output portion for outputting the synthesized image. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032271 | IMAGE DISPLAY AND STORAGE APPARATUS, METHOD AND MEDIUM - An image display and storage device, method, and medium to process an original image and generate a main image so that the original image does not overlap a sub image, and store the original image instead of the main image when the main image and the sub image are displayed. The device includes an image processor to receive an image, and to generate a display image and a storage image using the received image, a display unit to receive the display image from the image processor, and to display the display image, and an image storing unit to receive the storage image from the image processor and to store the image. | 02-10-2011 |
20110037777 | IMAGE ALTERATION TECHNIQUES - Various techniques relating to the alteration of image data are provided herein. In generally, disclosed embodiments may provide techniques for applying on or more image alteration effects to image data that is displayed on an electronic device. In certain disclosed embodiments, the application of such image alteration effects may be triggered based upon various detected device operation events, which may include audio-related events, motion-related events, location-related events, and/or events relating the imaging properties. The selection of a triggering device event and a corresponding image alteration affect may be defined by a user through a set of user preference settings on the electronic device. | 02-17-2011 |
20110050721 | Image mapping to provide visual geographic path - Provided is a computer system and method for mapping a visual path. The method includes receiving one or more images included in a predefined area; receiving one or more parameters associated with the image; and integrating the images and parameters into a map of the predefined area to enable mapping the visual path through the predefined area in response to one or more input path parameters. | 03-03-2011 |
20110063322 | IMAGE RETOUCHING PROGRAM - Provided is photo retouching software which is easy for photo studio personnel to use. Upon opening photo image(s), special photo retoucher | 03-17-2011 |
20110063323 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PORTABILITY OF IMAGES USING A HIGH-QUALITY DISPLAY - Certain embodiments of the present invention provide a method and system for improved clinical workflow using wireless communication. A system for remote image display includes a data source with image data, wherein the data source is capable of transmitting the image data. The system also includes an identifiable display device capable of displaying image data transferred from the data source and a portable device capable of identifying the display device and requesting image data transfer from the data source to the display device without the transfer of the image data between the portable device and the data source. The system may also include an access point for relaying communication between the portable device and the data source. Communication between the portable device, the data source, and/or the display may include wireless communication, for example. | 03-17-2011 |
20110074809 | ACCESS TO CONTROL OF MULTIPLE EDITING EFFECTS - An apparatus includes means for associating a first editing effect with a first editing direction; means for associating a second editing effect with a second editing direction; means for receiving an editing input indicating an input direction and an input length; means for determining an editing degree according to a corresponding length of said input length in an editing direction by extracting a component corresponding to the input in the editing direction; and means for applying said associated editing effect in a degree according to the editing degree to an image. | 03-31-2011 |
20110074810 | System for Emulating Graphics Operations - Disclosed is a system for producing images including emulation techniques using multiple processors. The system provides for emulation of graphics processing resources such that a central processing unit may provide graphics support. Disclosed embodiments include emulation of selected graphics calls as well as emulation of a programmable graphics processor for compatibility with systems having no compatible GPU. | 03-31-2011 |
20110090244 | ELECTRONIC SIGHTING COMPASS - A portable electronic device provides a compass bearing display juxtaposed with or superimposed on a camera viewfinder display. The device includes an image sensor and an electronic compass. When the device is held with the image sensor pointed in a generally horizontal direction, the displayed viewfinder image from the image sensor is combined with a graphic indicating a compass bearing corresponding to the imaging axis of the image sensor. The display may be presented as a linear scale to indicate off-axis headings as well. | 04-21-2011 |
20110096089 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REAL TIME 3D NAVIGATION IN PANORAMIC IMAGES AND CYLINDRICAL SPACES - A method for navigating through a panoramic image in a handheld device comprises rendering a preview of a panoramic image on a cylindrical screen (cylinder), viewed from outside, as bird's eye view, providing 3 degrees of freedom. | 04-28-2011 |
20110102455 | Scrolling and zooming of a portable device display with device motion - A portable computing device ( | 05-05-2011 |
20110102456 | DRAWING AN IMAGE WITH TRANSPARENT REGIONS ON TOP OF ANOTHER IMAGE WITHOUT USING AN ALPHA CHANNEL - An image display system draws a first image on top of a second image. Pixels of the first image include one or more color channels which encode color information, but do not include an alpha channel which encodes transparency information. The system encodes transparency information for the pixels in the first image using at least one bit in at least one color channel of each pixel. The system draws the first image on top of the second image using the transparency information encoded in the color channels of the pixels to obtain a combined image. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102457 | Brushing Tools for Digital Image Adjustments - Among other things, methods, systems and computer program products are disclosed for applying an image adjustment to an image. A choice of image adjustments is presented to a user of a data processing device. A user selection is received from among the choice of image adjustments at least one image adjustment that a user desires to apply to an area of interest of the image. The user selected image adjustment is applied to an entirety of an image. A preview of the user selected image adjustment applied to the entirety of the image is displayed. Also, user input comprising user selection of a brushing application is received. The user selected image adjustment is applied to the area of interest of the image and a remainder of the image is restored to a pre-adjustment state using the user selection of the brushing application. | 05-05-2011 |
20110109646 | Cursor for Application of Image Adjustments - Systems and techniques are disclosed for applying an effect to a digital image using a cursor. An effect can be applied to an image at a region under a cursor. The cursor has an outer periphery and an effect indicating periphery within the outer periphery. The outer periphery defines a maximum extent to which the effect is applied. The effect indicating periphery indicates how the effect will be applied to the image, such as providing a visual indication of a softness setting. | 05-12-2011 |
20110115814 | GESTURE-CONTROLLED DATA VISUALIZATION - Architecture that establishes a set of gestural movements that can be made by a finger (by any other input device) on a touch display that allows a presenter to perform basic analytic functions of a data visualization such as a chart or a graph having one or more graphical elements for selection. The analytic functions can include changing the presentation format of the chart, choosing to include or exclude certain data, and/or displaying the details of a data point, for example. The gestures facilitate at least making changes to the chart (or graph) from one display method to another, such as to a pie chart, to a bar chart, to a line chart, etc., the selection of multiple elements of the data visualization, exclusion of all but selected elements therefrom, and the presentation of detailed information about an element. | 05-19-2011 |
20110122150 | DISPLAY CONTROLLER, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - There is provided a technique concerning a preview display function used when predetermined processing is performed for predetermined data, which contributes to enhancement of user's convenience. A display controller contains a control section | 05-26-2011 |
20110122151 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING CLUSTER SPINE GROUPINGS FOR DISPLAY - A system and method for generating cluster spine groupings for display is provided. A set of spines is obtained. Each spine in the set includes a grouping of clusters that share a common concept and are arranged linearly along a vector. Those spines that are unique from each other spine are identified. At least one remaining spine from the set of spines is selected. The remaining spine is compared to the unique spines. At least one spine group is formed by grafting the remaining spine onto the unique spine that is most similar. The spine group is displayed. | 05-26-2011 |
20110128298 | DISPLAY SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The present invention provides an image processing apparatus having a function of controlling a display of document data by a projector. The image processing apparatus analyzes a property of the document data, generates display data for displaying the document data by the projector, determines a control command for controlling the projector based on the analyzed property of the document data, and transmits the generated display data and the determined control command to the projector. | 06-02-2011 |
20110134140 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR KEY LAYOUT ARRANGEMENT IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for determining a keyboard layout arrangement in a portable terminal are provided. A method for determining a keyboard layout in a portable terminal includes selecting a keyboard layout according to a user input, determining a keyboard layout having an optimized key area and shape, if the selected keyboard layout is based on a key area, and determining a keyboard layout optimized to a finger touch, if the selected keyboard layout is not based on a key area. | 06-09-2011 |
20110141138 | GENERATING A DISPLAY IMAGE - A method, computer program and apparatus are disclosed for generating a display image for a navigation device, wherein the display image includes a map view for display on the navigation device and the map view includes a two dimensional plan view. At least one embodiment of the method includes identifying a plurality of map objects from a digital map for display in a display image on a navigation device; determining whether any of the identified map objects include one or more non-visible features that would not be visible to a user of the navigation device at ground level; generating an adapted set of map objects that does not include any of the non-visible features; and generating, from the adapted set of map objects, a simplified display image for display on the navigation device, wherein the simplified display image does not include any of the non-visible features. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141139 | FLEXIBLE PIXEL HARDWARE AND METHOD - A graphical display station of arbitrary shape such as channel letters or other shaped structures is populated with pixels which are components of flexible pixel strings which can be arranged to fit the arbitrary shape(s). The flexible pixel strings provide for straightforward and cost effective fabrication of channel letter or other shaped displays. The invention also includes pixel units which comprise lighting elements together with such control circuits as are needed to roperly drive the lighting elements to form a graphical image. Addressing of the particular pixels is provided to accommodate the arbitrary arrangement of pixels of the flexible pixel strings. Methods of fabricating a channel letter display are also disclosed. | 06-16-2011 |
20110148914 | Host apparatus connected to image forming apparatus and information displaying method thereof - Disclosed are a host apparatus connected to an image forming apparatus and an information displaying method thereof. An information displaying method of a host apparatus which receives a data of at least one image forming apparatus including: receiving a data of the image forming apparatus; displaying a User Interface (UI) screen including a data area displaying the data by item and a graphic area displaying a graph of the data in the data area; adding a data of an item in the data area to the graphic area; determining whether the data of the item added is graphicalizable; and graphicalizing and displaying the data of the item added in the graphic area according to the determination result. With this, the host apparatus provides a user with convenience in facilitating graph reprocessing and data expansion as the user needs with regard to a web solution or an application to control information of the image forming apparatus. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148915 | HAND-HELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE CAPABLE OF CONTROL BY REFLECTING GRIP OF USER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Provided is a hand-held electronic device capable of manipulation by reflecting grip of user. The hand-held electronic device includes a display unit, a touch sensor, and a controller. The display unit is disposed in a front surface of the hand-held electronic device. The touch sensor is disposed in a certain region of the display unit, and sensing a touch of a user. The controller activates and displays a menu for manipulating the hand-held electronic device on the display unit, and performs control for the menu to be displayed in correspondence with the certain region of the display unit in which the touch sensor is disposed, when the touch sensor senses the touch of the user. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148916 | MODIFYING AVATAR BEHAVIOR BASED ON USER ACTION OR MOOD - Techniques are described for enabling the selection of wallpaper to modify the mood projected by an avatar. The mood projected by an avatar may be modified, for example, by modifying behaviors and/or appearance of the avatar to characterize a mood to be projected. The mood projected by an avatar also may be modified based on user action, such as user input of a mood to be projected by the avatar. | 06-23-2011 |
20110157218 | METHOD FOR INTERACTIVE DISPLAY - A computer system controlled display is programmed with display recipes for generating display content that can be used in a storefront display system. A person near the display can be incorporated in to the displayed images and his or her physical characteristics can be altered. An alteration of the digital image can include altering clothing that the person is wearing. The person can view himself in the display including viewing the altered captured digital image of himself. Software techniques include detecting a personal reaction of the person to whatever is being displayed or to an object displayed proximate the electronic display. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157219 | AUTOMATIC TARGETING OF BROWSER CONTENT TO OPTIMAL RENDERING ENGINE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for content driven selection of a rendering engine. In an embodiment of the invention, a method for or content driven selection of a rendering engine can include retrieving content for display in a content browser executing in memory by a processor of a host computer, mapping at least one directive embedded in the retrieved content to a target rendering engine, selecting the target rendering engine for rendering the content, and passing the content to the selected target rendering engine. In this regard, in an aspect of the embodiment, multiple directives embedded in the retrieved content can be mapped, each to one of a selection of different target rendering engines, and a most often mapped one of the target rendering engines can be selected for rendering the content. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157220 | System and method for drawing stream and road centerline for GIS-based linear map production - Disclosed herein is a system and method for drawing a stream and road centerline for GIS-based linear map production, which performs a series of processes of automatically detecting accurate positions of points of a centerline using contour line data of a stream map or a road map having a digital map form, which is extracted from a digital map produced through remote sensing or construction of national geographic information systems, and connecting the detected points of the centerline so as to update stream and road centerline data generated by an inaccurate method and algorithm and to enable an accurate centerline to be used in various application fields. | 06-30-2011 |
20110169859 | PORTABLE INFORMATION PRODUCT - A portable information product capable of projecting to a surface, such as a cellular phone, has a data processing device and a built-in projection device. The data processing device has a main circuit module for processing data thereof and forming an output signal from the data. The built-in projection device is disposed in the data processing device and electrically connects to the main circuit module. The projection device has a light source and a projector, and the projection device has a fixed focal length. The light source generates a light. The light and the output signal are transmitted to the projector to form an image, when the distance between the projection device and the surface is approximately equal to the fixed focal length of the projection device, and the projector projects the image outside the data processing device to project on the surface. | 07-14-2011 |
20110175927 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The processing time including that for the process of expanding vector data representing each of a plurality of objects constituting an image into each object is acquired. The time taken to reproduce the image by using the vector data representing each of the plurality of objects is specified based on the acquired processing time. When the specified time exceeds a predetermined threshold, data, of the vector data representing the plurality of objects, which is to be converted into data in a raster format in advance is determined based on each acquired processing time, the specified time, and the predetermined threshold. | 07-21-2011 |
20110181615 | METHOD FOR BINDING AN IRREGULAR MAP TO A KNOWN COORDINATE SYSTEM USING REFERENCE POINTS - The present invention describes a method for locating a user on an irregular map, such as for example on an outdoor map, slope map of a downhill skiing centre or other map having an irregular scale. In the method, points on the irregular map are bound as reference points by determining the actual location of the points. Then the location of the user on the map can be calculated on the base of the actual coordinates of the user's location by utilizing the reference points. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181616 | GRAPHICAL EFFECTS FOR AN ELECTRONIC PRINT MEDIA VIEWER - Example embodiments disclosed herein relate to a computing device including a processor and a storage medium including instructions for displaying adjacent pages of an electronic print medium. The adjacent pages may include a first page belonging to a first group of pages and a second page opposite the first page belonging to a second group of pages. The storage medium may also include instructions for displaying at least one graphical effect for each page, with the graphical effect determined based on a depth of pages in the corresponding group. Example methods and machine-readable storage media are also disclosed. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181617 | Image Display Apparatus, Image Display Method, And Information Storage Medium - Provided is an image display apparatus capable of allowing a user to easily recognize an image belonging to a group. A library view image classifying unit classifies a plurality of images into groups which have a rank order associated therewith. A library view group image layout unit places a group image corresponding to each of the groups according to the rank order of the groups, along a group image layout reference line provided in a display region. A library view representative image layout unit places, on a representative image layout region in the display region, an image belonging to any one of the groups falling within a range on the group image layout reference line associated with the representative image layout region, as a representative image. A library view space displaying unit displays at least part of the display region on a screen. | 07-28-2011 |
20110187738 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY DATA SERVER, AND DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM - A display control device ( | 08-04-2011 |
20110187739 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - When changing a plurality of displayed items to a plurality of other items that are at least partially different, at least one selected item of the plurality of displayed items is identifiably displayed, and its display position is stored. After the plurality of displayed items have been changed to the plurality of other items, an item displayed at the same position as the stored display position of the selected item before the change is identifiably displayed. This improves the operability when simultaneously displaying a plurality of items. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187740 | DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING DIFFERENT IMAGES RESPECTIVELY ON DISPLAY UNITS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A digital image signal processing apparatus includes a digital signal processing unit, a plurality of display units, and a display driving unit. The digital signal processing unit provides a plurality of pieces of image data that respectively form a plurality of images. The plurality of display units display images corresponding respectively to the plurality of pieces of the image data. The display driving unit includes a display memory that records the plurality of pieces of image data, a recording address unit that controls the plurality of pieces of image data to be recorded in the display memory, and a plurality of display address units that respectively read the recorded pieces of image data and provide the recorded pieces of image data respectively to the display units. Accordingly, a photographer may directly display a desired image to a photographed person as a high-quality filtered image without a separate selection operation. | 08-04-2011 |
20110193878 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING HISTORY OF INFORMATION ASSOCIATED TO TIME INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for providing a history of information associated with time information capable of displaying internal or external associated information associated with time information as one information item and capable of intuitively providing a history of information associated with a corresponding time by controlling time information are provided. The method for providing information in a mobile terminal includes, displaying an information item including a combination of time information and associated information, updating and displaying the associated information as time information goes by, extracting associated information corresponding to changed time information when the time information changes according to a control event, and displaying a history of associated information corresponding to the changed time information. | 08-11-2011 |
20110199387 | Activating Features on an Imaging Device Based on Manipulations - Certain aspects and embodiments of the present invention relate to manipulating elements to control an imaging device. According to some embodiments, the imaging device includes a memory, a processor, and a photographic assembly. The photographic assembly includes sensors that can detect and image an object in a viewing area of the imaging device. One or more computer programs can be stored in the memory to determine whether identifiable elements used in the manipulation exist. Manipulations of these elements are compared to stored manipulations to locate a match. In response to locating a match, one or more functions that correspond to the manipulation can be activated on the imaging device. Examples of such functions include the zoom and focus features typically found in cameras, as well as features that are represented as “clickable” icons or other images that are superimposed on the screen of the imaging device. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199388 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING GRAPHICAL EFFECT IN A MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for setting a graphical effect of a mobile terminal is provided. The method includes displaying a default graphical effect module when an entry for a setting mode of a graphical effect module is requested; determining whether at least one additional graphical effect module corresponding to the default graphical effect module exists, and displaying, upon a determination that the at least one additional graphical effect module corresponding to the default graphical effect module exists, the at least one additional graphical effect module; and registering an additional graphical effect module selected from among the displayed additional graphical effect modules as a graphical effect module to be used instead of the default graphical effect module, according to a user-request. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199389 | INTERACTIVE VIRTUAL DISPLAY SYSTEM FOR UBIQUITOUS DEVICES - An “Interactive Virtual Display,” as described herein, provides various systems and techniques that facilitate ubiquitous user interaction with both local and remote heterogeneous computing devices. More specifically, the Interactive Virtual Display uses various combinations of small-size programmable hardware and portable or wearable sensors to enable any display surface (e.g., computer display devices, televisions, projected images/video from projection devices, etc.) to act as a thin client for users to interact with a plurality heterogeneous computing devices regardless of where those devices are located relative to the user. The Interactive Virtual Display provides a flexible system architecture that enables communication and collaboration between a plurality of both local and remote heterogeneous computing devices. This communication and collaboration enables a variety of techniques, such as adaptive screen compression, user interface virtualization, real-time gesture detection to improve system performance and overall user experience, etc. | 08-18-2011 |
20110210979 | CORRECTION INFORMATION CALCULATOR, IMAGE CORRECTION DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM, CORRECTION INFORMATION CALCULATION METHOD - A correction information calculator in which a plurality of projectors each including an image forming element collaboratively displays one image on a projection surface, wherein based on predetermined correction information which is set in advance as a correspondence between the coordinates of pixels on the image forming element and the coordinates of pixels on a first effective projection region of the projection surface on which the image is presently displayed and a second correspondence which is a correspondence between the coordinates of the pixels on the first effective projection region and the coordinates of pixels on a second effective projection region of the projection surface, which is specified as a region on which the image is to be displayed, correction information representing a correspondence between the coordinates of pixels on the image forming element and the coordinates of pixels on the second effective projection region is calculated. | 09-01-2011 |
20110210980 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRODUCTION OF TRANSACTION CARDS - A method for producing transaction cards corresponding to an account of a customer and bearing an image defined by said customer comprises associating an optically-readable identifier with a customer-defined image to be applied to the transaction card. The optical identifier can be read to reconcile it with a corresponding identifier related to customer account information to be applied to the transaction card. In this way a card may be produced bearing the image defined by the customer and the customer's account information. | 09-01-2011 |
20110210981 | Methods, Systems, And Computer Program Products For Presenting A Message On A Display Based On A Type Of Video Image Data For Presentation On The Display - Methods, systems, and computer program products for a message on a display based on a type of video image data for presentation on the display are described. An indication of one of a plurality of priority levels associated with a message for presentation on a display is received. Whether a type of a video image data for presentation on the display has a predetermined relationship to the priority level of the message is determined. The message is presented on the display based on the video image data type determination. | 09-01-2011 |
20110221763 | DISPLAY DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, DISPLAY METHOD, AND IMAGE ALTERATION METHOD - A display device includes: a display-side communication section adapted to receive image configuration alteration request information related to a configuration of a first image and image information of at least one second image constituting the first image from at least one terminal device; a display-side image generation section adapted to generate the first image based on the image configuration alteration request information and the image information; and a display-side display section adapted to display the first image. | 09-15-2011 |
20110227942 | INSTRUMENT PANEL IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, INSTRUMENT PANEL IMAGE FORMING METHOD, VEHICLE, INSTRUMENT PANEL IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, INSTRUMENT PANEL IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, INSTRUMENT PANEL IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM, AND A COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM ON WHICH INSTRUMENT PANEL IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM IS RECORDED - An instrument panel image forming apparatus for forming an instrument panel image that is displayed on an instrument panel mounted on a machine includes an identification information assignment section that, in accordance with image data encoding instrument images that provide a user with information about the inside and outside of the machine, assigns, to image data encoding the instrument panel image, user identification information for identifying a user who operates the machine, and an image data changing section that stores, in a user-by-user image data storage section, the image data assigned the user identification information by the identification information assignment section, thereby forming individual instrument panel images that, in cases where a plurality of users use a particular machine, can be surely and easily displayed for each separate user. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227943 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A communication terminal apparatus includes: a communication unit performing communication; a storage unit collecting and storing history information on communication; a registration unit registering at least communication address information on communicating parties and image information that represents the communicating parties; a display unit displaying images, which represent the registered communicating parties, on a display screen; and an arrangement position determining unit determining arrangement positions of the images, which represent the communicating parties, based on the history information on communication with the communicating parties. | 09-22-2011 |
20110234626 | METHOD FOR REPRODUCING CONTENTS USING INFORMATION RECEIVED THROUGH NETWORK AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for reproducing contents using information received over a network and a display apparatus using the same are provided. The method for reproducing contents includes receiving specific information over a network, and displaying contents to which an image effect corresponding to the received specific information is applied. As an image effect is applied according to information which is received over a network, a user may visually recognize the received information through the image effect. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234627 | SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION CONCERNING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ADVERTISING - A method of rendering interactive content on a wireless device. The wireless devices receives a plurality of scene components. The plurality of scene components are associated with an application and comprise at least one behavior module or functional unit operable to execute functions associated with the scene components. The functions are a portion of an application to be executed on the wireless device. The wireless device further receives a plurality of assets. The assets are operable to be used in rendering a scene in conjunction with the plurality of scene components and the assets are customized for rendering on the wireless device. The wireless device uses a graphical user interface comprising the plurality of scene components to generate the scene based on the scene components and the functional unit. The wireless device renders the scene based on the generated scene. | 09-29-2011 |
20110249022 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING POWER USE - Techniques are described that can be used to manage drawing requests from applications based in part on whether the drawing requests can be displayed and in part on the power consumption states of hardware in the system. If the drawing request can not be displayed, then a number of responses can take place. For example, instead of providing the drawing request to hardware and the driver provides a zero pixel region to the hardware. In some cases, the driver saves the state changes that would have resulted had the drawing request been performed and the drawing request is rendered to a buffer instead of the hardware being powered-on. Other examples are described herein. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249023 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes: a working storage section in which computer graphics description data of a storage format in which a computer graphics material can be edited are developed so as to be used for production of an image; an updating controlling section adapted to control a writing operation into part of the working storage section in accordance with derivative information representative of information which describes control for the stored contents of the working storage section; and an image production section adapted to produce a computer graphics image based on the stored contents of the working storage section. | 10-13-2011 |
20110254856 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING OPERATION OF THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal and a method of controlling the operation of the mobile terminal are discussed. The method includes selecting a multimedia file to be played; displaying a progress bar having an animated character on a display module; and moving the animated character across the progress bar according to the progress of the playback of the selected multimedia file. Therefore, it is possible to effectively visualize the progress of the playback of the selected multimedia file by using the animated character. | 10-20-2011 |
20110261070 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING REMOTE DISPLAY LATENCY - A multimedia communication device may be operable to divide each of created consecutive image frames into a first portion and a corresponding second portion. The first portion and the corresponding second portion for each of the consecutive image frames may be transmitted in a reversed order, via a wireless communication network, to a display device. Each of the divided plurality of consecutive image frames may be displayed on the display device in the transmitted reversed order. Each of the divided plurality of consecutive image frames may be displayed beginning with one of the transmitted first portion and ending with one of the transmitted corresponding second portion. The dividing of each of the created consecutive image frames may be determined based on user configuration of the multimedia communication device. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261071 | CRAFTING SYSTEM IN A VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENT - A crafting system and method are provided that allow users or players in a social virtual environment to create their own unique virtual items for use on the site. With the crafting system and method, players can collect different types of materials, some more common than others, from within the virtual social environment to customize items, which the player can use to express their individuality as well as sell or trade within the environment. The complexity and uniqueness of the crafted item makes it much more difficult for another player to obtain the same materials and to replicate the design. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261072 | MEDICAL IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF MEDICAL IMAGE DISPLAY - In a medical image display device for displaying a hollow organ of an examinee as a panoramic image, an operator is enabled to easily determine whether display of an observation site on the panoramic image is correct or not. The medical image display device having panoramic image creating means configured to create a panoramic image of a hollow organ of an examinee and display means configured to display the panoramic image includes false image probability calculating means configured to calculate a false image probability of a position in the panoramic image in accordance with the position concerned, and control means configured to display the false image probability in association with the panoramic image. Furthermore, the medical image display device having panoramic image creating means configured to create a panoramic image of a hollow organ of an examinee and display means configured to display the panoramic image includes false image probability calculating means configured to calculate a false image probability of a position in the panoramic image in accordance with the position concerned, and control means configured to display the panoramic image on the basis of the false image probability. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261073 | IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROLLER FOR DISPLAY SHELF - An image display controller for a display shelf generates image data for a projector image which is projected by a projector arranged in the display shelf to be displayed on a transmission-type screen of the display shelf. The image display controller includes a monitor, an input device, a data communicator, a memory, and a controller. The controller obtains an editing background image from the memory and displays the editing background image on the monitor, and generates contents of a display image. Moreover, the controller sets a position of the generated display image in a desired position of a display area of the editing background image in response to an instruction inputted via the input device, and generates the projector image by combining the generated display image into the editing background image at the set position. | 10-27-2011 |
20110273469 | SIGNAL DETECTION AND TRIGGERING USING A DIFFERENCE BITMAP - A test and measurement instrument converts digital data that represents an input signal into a plurality of bitmaps, and then subtracts one of the bitmaps from another one of the bitmaps to produce a difference bitmap. The difference bitmap does not contain density values that are common to the two bitmaps, but instead only contains the density differences between the two, thereby revealing very small density variations in the presence of large density values. In some embodiments, the difference bitmap is displayed on a display device. In other embodiments, the difference bitmap is used to generate a trigger signal. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273470 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - When a single page of a newspaper article or a magazine is displayed using hierarchical data, a guidance area (indicated by a line in the hierarchical data) for each article is defined in a scenario definition file. A plurality of guidance areas are defined in the layer below, i.e., the layer having a resolution of a level that allows characters to be legible, so that the viewer can track the article from start to end. The displayed image is initially guided to the guidance area upon a user request for enlargement. Upon a further request for enlargement, the displayed image is guided to the guidance area at the head of the article. When the user having read the sentence in the guidance area provides an input by indicating a direction or pressing a predetermined button, the displayed image is guided to the guidance area showing the continuation of the sentence. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273471 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided is a display control device including a display mode decision unit that decides a display mode when an image data group including a plurality of pieces of image data obtained by capturing a subject image in a plurality of mutually different focal positions is displayed as a slideshow based on focused image determination information to determine focused image data in which a predetermined subject is in focus from the image data group and a display control unit that controls the slideshow display of the image data group based on the display mode decided by the display mode decision unit. | 11-10-2011 |
20110279475 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An edge image of the image frame is created after it is determined to start tracking. Meanwhile, a particle is distributed in a space of a coefficient set for each control point sequence when the control point sequence of a B-spline curve representing the shape of the target object is represented in a linear combination of control point sequence of a B-spline curve representing a plurality of reference shapes that are made available in advance. A particle is also distributed in the space of a shape-space vector, the likelihood of each particle is observed, and the probability density distribution is acquired. A curve obtained by weighting parameters by the probability density distribution and then averaging the weighted parameters is created as a tracking result. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279476 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR GENERATING IMAGE-PROCESSED SEARCHABLE ELECTRONIC RECORDS OF UNDERGROUND FACILITY LOCATE AND/OR MARKING OPERATIONS - Managing and displaying information relating to a locate operation and/or a marking operation to detect and/or mark a presence or an absence of at least one underground facility. First information relating to the locate operation and/or the marking operation is electronically received, wherein the first information includes image information. The image information is processed to improve at least one aspect of an image represented by the image information and thereby provide improved image information. Based at least in part on the improved image information, at least one electronic manifest is generated that documents a performance of the locate operation and/or the marking operation. | 11-17-2011 |
20110292072 | Pluggable Web-Based Visualizations for Applications - The pluggable web-based visualization technique described herein pertains to a method for providing pluggable web-based visualizations for applications. The method selects visualizations from the web to be embedded into a host application on a desktop computing device. The visualizations can be plugged in to a variety of host applications. This empowers end-users, application designers, and visualization designers by allowing greater reuse of existing code. Additionally, end-users do not have to wait for new revisions of existing applications to use the latest techniques. Designers of domain specific visualizations can work on just the visualization and have them incorporated into a variety of different host applications. Users can perform local processing and visualizations on their own machine, yet obtain new visualizations from the web where they can be updated more frequently and where special purpose visualizations are available. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292073 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMAGE ACQUISITION, ORGANIZATION, MANIPULATION, AND PUBLICATION - To better realize the great potential of amateur digital photography, the present invention introduces an integrated system for the acquisition, organization, manipulation, and publication of digital images by amateur digital photography enthusiasts. The system of the present invention first acquires images from a number of different image sources. Images acquired in the same image importing session are marked as coming from the same conceptual film roll. Next, a user is empowered to organize and manipulate the acquired images. The images may be organized by tagging the images with informative keywords and grouping images together into conceptual photo albums. Furthermore, the images may be manipulated by rotating, cropping, and removing red-eye. Finally, the system of the present invention provides simple intuitive image publish systems. A selected group of images may be published in a photobook, published onto the World Wide Web, or published as individual image prints with minimal computer knowledge on the part of the user. | 12-01-2011 |
20110298820 | LOCAL DIMMING ON LIGHT-EMITTING SCREENS FOR IMPROVED IMAGE UNIFORMITY IN SCANNING BEAM DISPLAY SYSTEMS - Systems and techniques for scanning-beam display are provided to use local dimming on the optical energy of at least one optical beam to minimize the non-uniform image brightness across the screen. This local dimming during the beam scanning can be achieved by adjusting optical energy of at least one optical beam during the scanning based on (1) the location of the scanning optical beam and (2) the predetermined distortion information at the location. | 12-08-2011 |
20110304644 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a face image detector and a display controller. The face image detector is configured to detect face images included in a still image and analyze the detected face images, and to generate face image information includes position information and attribute information. The position information indicates positions where the face images are detected. The attribute information indicates at least data items representing smile degrees of the face images. The display controller is configured to select a face image to be applied with effects based on the attribute information in the face image information, to apply effects to the still image based on the position information in the face image information of the selected face image, and to display the still image applied with the effects. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304645 | TECHNIQUES FOR PROVIDING HOLISTIC VIEWS OF PERSONAL ENERGY CONSUMPTION - Techniques for providing holistic views of energy consumption. Energy consumption of one or more energy consuming devices corresponding to a user is monitored. The energy consumption for the one or more energy consuming devices is aggregated. A graphical representation of the energy consumption is provided to the user for the one or more energy consuming devices and aggregate energy consumption. The graphical representation comprises at least one visual metaphor for energy consumption. | 12-15-2011 |
20110310117 | LOCALIZED LAYOUT AND ROUTING IN AN INTERACTIVE DIAGRAMMING SYSTEM - Embodiments are directed to determining an appropriate neighborhood region for updating a node layout of an interactive diagramming system. A computer system receives an input indicating at least one change to various selected nodes displayed in the interactive diagramming system, where the changes to the selected nodes affect the positions of the other nodes on the node layout. The computer system traverses adjacent node edges to determine s minimal node neighborhood to which the node changes are to be applied. The computer system accesses diagram parameters that identify diagram and node characteristics and determines the minimal neighborhood region based on both the determined number of adjacent nodes and the accessed parameters. The computer system also updates the position of the selected node and the updated positions of those nodes and corresponding edges that are determined to be within the neighborhood region. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310118 | Ink Lag Compensation Techniques - Ink lag compensation techniques are described. In implementations, an input is recognized by a computing device as an ink stroke to be rendered on a display device of the computing device. An extension is predicted, by the computing device, to be applied to the ink stroke that is likely to be subsequently input in conjunction with the ink stroke. The ink stroke and the extension are output for concurrent display on the display device of the computing device. | 12-22-2011 |
20110316876 | PROCESSING IMAGES OF A DISPLAY - An apparatus for processing images of a display includes an image sequence receiving module adapted to receive a first sequence of images of the display. The first sequence of images includes at least one image corrupted due to partial refreshing of the display. The apparatus also includes an image processing module operable to process the first sequence of images on an image by image basis to eliminate the at least one corrupted image from at least one of the first sequence of images and a second sequence of images captured subsequent to the first sequence of images. | 12-29-2011 |
20120001935 | METHOD FOR IMAGE RENDERING IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - A method of rendering user-specified image products by executing a plurality of user-interactive tasks relating to an image product. At least some of the user-interactive tasks specify a portion of the image product. A change probability of further changes to the portion of the image product is computed, and if the change probability is below a predetermined threshold, a portion of the image product is rendered. | 01-05-2012 |
20120007881 | Method for the presentation of biometric data of a signature - In the field of electronics specialized tablets are used to capture signatures, capable of registering, in addition to the shape of the signature, its “biometric data”: the instantaneous speed of the stylus and the instantaneous pressure exerted on the tip. | 01-12-2012 |
20120007882 | COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM STORED THEREIN, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - In order to attain the object described above, a game apparatus is able to use display means and coordinate input means such as a touch panel, and positions a virtual camera Ca in a virtual space. Whether the coordinate input means is in an inputted state in which a player is performing a coordinate input (touch operation) on the coordinate input means, or in a non-inputted state in which a player is not performing coordinate input on the coordinate input means, is determined. When it is determined that the coordinate input means is in the non-inputted state, the game apparatus changes the imaging direction of the virtual camera Ca, based on change of an input coordinate position that is designated on the coordinate input means immediately before the coordinate input means enters the non-inputted state. | 01-12-2012 |
20120013639 | Computer for restricted spaces - A laptop computer has a reflective transparent plate between the keyboard and the screen. Users viewing the keyboard through the plate sees a virtual image of the screen, reflected by the plate. This virtual image may include labels apparently superimposed on the keyboard; the keys themselves may be blank. Hands resting on the keyboard block the user's view of some keys, but do not block the view of the virtual image. This allows any key to be identified without moving the hands out of the way. The application (task) also exists within the virtual image, apparently in a pane just beyond the keyboard. This pane may extend over the keyboard, in lieu of the default virtual image labels for the keys. The task scrolls to maintain the active region of the task pane beyond the keyboard. Pressing control keys causes virtual image labels to indicate the newly enabled key functionality. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013640 | GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF EVENTS - Some general aspects of the invention relate to approaches for generating a graphical representation of scenes related to an event. Information representing an event is first obtained. The information includes, for example, a set of images of physical scenes related to an event, and additional data associated with the images (for example, geo coordinates and audio files). Images are assigned a degree of significance determined from at least the obtained information representing the event. Based on the degree of significance, a set of images is selected for use in the graphical representation, and partitioned into subsets of images each subset to be presented in a respective one of one or more successive presentation units of the graphical representation. In some examples, the graphical representation can be enhanced by introducing textual annotations to the images. A user can then refine the generated graphical representation by modifying the layout and content of the images and annotations | 01-19-2012 |
20120019552 | Method for Automatically Modifying a Graphics Feature to Comply with a Resolution Limit - A method, system and computer readable media relating to automatically adjusting a graphics feature to compensate for a predetermined resolution limit. The method generally relates to automatically identifying, within a selected area of a graphics file, one or more portions of at least one graphics feature meeting predetermined criteria for adjustment, including criteria for defining a thin portion having a thickness less than the resolution limit. The method then automatically modifies only the identified one or more portions to have an adjusted thickness greater than the initial thickness. Additional criteria may be used to restrict which thin portions of the feature are actually modified. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019553 | NON-LINEAR TIME SCALE OPTIMIZATION FOR MECHANICAL-ELECTRICAL MACHINE BEHAVIOR MODEL VISUALIZATION - A visual representation of a mechanical-electrical machine behavior model is presented that utilizes a non-linear time scale to best illustrate multiple details occurring in a relatively short time frame without affecting the amount of information contained in the complete model. In particular, time periods without user-relevant details are identified and minimized so as to allow for the display space to adequately represent the details associated with the actions of each machine. By “folding” these longer time periods to occupy relatively short lengths along the time axis, additional space along the time axis is then available to illustrate the details of each operation (i.e., by using a non-linear time scale). | 01-26-2012 |
20120026187 | GENERATING A REPRESENTATION OF A LAYOUT HAVING PARTITIONS FOR EXCLUSION ZONES - A system generates a representation of a layout of a page, where the layout has plural partitions that divide the page, and where the layout specifies one or plural cuts in the page that define the partitions. Exclusion zones are provided in respective partitions, where the exclusion zones define corresponding areas that are free of content that are to be inserted in the page. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026188 | HAND-HELD MOBILE APPARATUS CAPABLE OF QUICKLY DISPLAYING PICTURES AND METHOD OF QUICKLY DISPLAYING PICTURES APPLICABLE THERETO - A hand-held mobile apparatus and a method capable of quickly displaying picture are disclosed. The method includes the steps of linking a communication unit to a server via a network system; storing a picture downloaded from the server in a storage unit; compressing the downloaded picture with an encoder unit, so that the compressed picture has a file size smaller than the downloaded picture; using a recognition unit to recognize whether the compressed picture is a head image; if yes, using a naming unit to specify a first file name to the compressed picture; storing the compressed picture in the storage unit; and displaying the compressed picture in a display screen. Further, a data buffer is provided to temporarily store the compressed picture transmitted by a control unit to the display screen, so that the compressed pictures can be quickly displayed on the hand-held mobile apparatus having the above units. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026189 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DISPLAY METHOD - A projector includes: a display-side communication unit that receives participation request information and image information from a plurality of terminal devices; a display-side image generating unit that generates an entire image including individual images that are based on the image information; and a display-side display unit that displays the entire image. The display-side display unit displays an individual image that is based on the image information transmitted from the terminal device that has transmitted the participation request information first time regardless of an explicit display instruction, and does not display the individual image that is based on the image information transmitted from the terminal device that has transmitted the participation request information second or later time in a state in which there is no explicit display instruction but displays the individual image in a case where there is an explicit display instruction. | 02-02-2012 |
20120032974 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAP PANNING RECALL - Example embodiments of the present invention relate to computer-based map pan recall. A computer-based map panning with recall apparatus includes a display, a panning module, and a pan recall module. The display displays a first location of a moving object on a map. The panning module transitions display of the map from the first location to a second location remote from the first location. The pan recall module recalls display of the second location from the first location and can continue to toggle back and forth between displaying at the first location and displaying at the second location. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032975 | LOCATION STAMPING AND LOGGING OF ELECTRONIC EVENTS AND HABITAT GENERATION - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media provide for the detection, location stamping, and logging of electronic events and subsequent generation of habitat information. According to implementations, electronic events are detected and location stamped. Associated descriptions and other data corresponding to the electronic events is retrieved and stored along with the geographic locations of the electronic events in an activity log. The information in the activity log is used to generate visual representations of one or more geographic areas in which electronic events that meet user-defined or default criteria occurred within a predetermined frequency. | 02-09-2012 |
20120044256 | RELATIONSHIP INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE, RELATIONSHIP INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD AND RELATIONSHIP INFORMATION DISPLAY PROGRAM - A relationship information display device comprises a display information generation section, a display control unit, and a display area moving section, and displays the identification mark of no-attention information in which the distance calculated from the relationship strength with attention information is included in a predetermined range that can be changed by the operation of a user. The relationship information display device displays the identification mark of the no-attention information at the position at which the distance from a position serving as a reference is the distance calculated on the basis of the relationship strength between the attention information and the no-attention information in a state in which the position serving as the reference associated with the attention information is fixed even if a display range is changed. The relationship information display device docs not display the identification mark of the no-attention information if the distance associated with the no-attention information is not included in the predetermined range. | 02-23-2012 |
20120056897 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a display unit in which sub-pixels are periodically arranged at a first sub-pixel pitch in a first direction of a screen, each pixel is formed by the plurality of sub-pixels, and a plurality of viewpoint images is displayed on a display surface; and a barrier unit in which transmissive sections having a first width in the first direction are periodically arranged. The first width is set to be approximated to a multiple m (where m=1, 2, . . . , N (where N is the number of plurality of viewpoint images)) of the first sub-pixel pitch. | 03-08-2012 |
20120062589 | SYSTEM AND PROGRAM FOR ENUMERATING LOCAL ALIGNMENTS FROM A PAIR OF DOCUMENTS - Provided is a system for enumerating local alignments, comprising a local alignment enumeration module for enumerating local alignments, in a case where the cell of a second matrix corresponding to a cell at a transition source indicates that the cell belongs to a local alignment, and in a case where the maximum score calculated is larger than the predetermined value, registers, in the cell of the second matrix corresponding to the cell to be calculated, an identifier of a local alignment registered in the cell of the second matrix corresponding to the cell at the transition source, and further, in a case where the maximum score calculated is larger than a maximum score of the cells belonging to the same local alignment, stores the cell to be calculated as an end point of the local alignment. | 03-15-2012 |
20120069047 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE EDITING APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY PROGRAM, AND IMAGE EDITING PROGRAM - An image display apparatus is provided that includes a determination unit and a display management unit. The determination unit is configured to determine whether auxiliary information and still image data are stored together. The auxiliary information is stored to indicate that the still image data has been extracted from encoded moving picture data. The display management unit is configured to display a still image and a mark on a display unit. The still image is displayed based on the still image data, and the mark is displayed once the determination unit has determined that the auxiliary information and the still image data are stored together. The mark is also displayed to indicate that the still image data has been extracted from encoded moving picture data. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069048 | MEDICAL IMAGE HANDLING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A medical image handling system includes a monitor for displaying a medical image, an input device for inputting an image reading report corresponding to the medical image displayed on the monitor, and a processor. The processor judges the presence or absence of an image reading report corresponding to the medical image displayed on the monitor, and restricts a change of the medical image in a case where the image reading report is judged as being absent. | 03-22-2012 |
20120075332 | Portable storage device and its operating method - A portable storage device along with its operating method comprises a data disc with at least a memory chip and an application program installed into the memory chip. The data disc with superior mobility is provided with a plurality of metal contacts connected to a computer. The application program comprises a screen capture module or a video module, an interception module and a storage space. The present invention could be applied to any computer by one user who intends to record current status shown on a display panel for this action rapidly and conveniently executed. The present invention is effective in not only data on a display panel rapidly and easily recorded but also high transitivity & mobility. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075333 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING APPLICATION SHARING BY DYNAMIC PARTITIONING - A method for improving application sharing by dynamic partitioning can include partitioning a screen display of an application into grid regions and, in response to detecting that an application image in the plurality of grid regions have changed, offsetting positions of the grid regions, so that the changed portions of the application image are in fewer grid regions using a computer system. The method also can include transmitting image data in the offset grid regions involving the changed portions of the application image and identifications and offset data of the offset grid regions to an application sharing client. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075334 | IMAGE SYNCHRONIZATION FOR MULTIPLE DISPLAYS - This disclosure describes techniques for controlling a plurality of displays to present an image split across the displays. For example, a host controller is described herein. The host controller receives, from a first display, a first display status that indicates a status of presentation of a first portion of an image by the first display and, from a second display a second display status that indicates a status of presentation of a second portion of the image by the second display. The host controller may compare the first and second display status and, in response to the comparison, communicate to at least one of the first and second displays a display adjustment configured to cause the respective display to adjust presentation of at least one of the first or second portion of the image. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075335 | Method for Controlling the Display of Information on a Display Area - In a method for controlling the display of information on a display area, the information is structured hierarchically in objects, in which an object and a path, which leads to the object in the hierarchical structure, are displayed. The path is divided into individual path elements, the path elements belonging to different hierarchy levels of the path leading to the object, and the path elements being selectable buttons, and the information display jumping to the hierarchy level of the selected path element when a path element is selected. | 03-29-2012 |
20120081389 | MANIPULATING GRAPHICAL OBJECTS - In one example, a method for rendering graphical objects on a display includes rendering each of a plurality of graphical objects within respective layers. The plurality of graphical objects includes first, second and third graphical objects. The second graphical object is directly linked to the first graphical object and the third graphical object is directly linked to the second graphical object. The method additionally includes receiving user input manipulating one of the graphical objects in a manner that affects a directly linked graphical object. The method additionally includes re-rendering the manipulated graphical object and the directly linked graphical object without re-rendering graphical objects that are not directly linked to the manipulated graphical object. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081390 | Displaying Widget Elements Based On Display Device Resolution - Displaying a web page on a display device is accomplished by receiving resolution information corresponding to a resolution of the display device, receiving a resolution threshold for displaying a widget element on the web page, and determining whether the resolution of the display device is less than the resolution threshold for displaying the widget element. If the resolution of the display device is not less than the resolution threshold for displaying the widget element, the widget element is displayed on the web page, wherein the web page is displayed on the display device. If the resolution of the display device is smaller than the resolution threshold for displaying the widget element, the widget element is not displayed on the web page. | 04-05-2012 |
20120086722 | Information Processing Apparatus, Information Processing Method, and Program - A method is provided for modifying an image. The method comprises displaying an image, the image comprising a portion of an object; and determining if an edge of the object is in a location within the portion. The method further comprises detecting movement, in a member direction, of an operating member with respect to the edge. The method still further comprises moving, if the edge is not in the location, the object in an object direction corresponding to the detected movement; and modifying, if the edge is in the location, the image in response to the detected movement, the modified image comprising the edge in the location. | 04-12-2012 |
20120092364 | PRESENTING TWO-DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS IN THREE-DIMENSIONAL STEREO APPLICATIONS - Computer-readable media, computer systems, and computing devices facilitate presenting two-dimensional elements over media content to provide three-dimensional effects of the two-dimensional elements relative to the media content. In embodiments, element attributes that indicate a position and/or a size of a two-dimensional element are referenced. Such element attributes are used, along with an eye distance and a visual depth, to calculate a modified position and/or modified size of the two-dimensional element. The two-dimensional element is overlaid relative to media content in accordance with the modified position and/or modified size of the two-dimensional object. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092365 | Map display system and method - Provided is a computer system and methods related to a map display. A method includes but is not limited to receiving a request for the map, the map illustrating one or more locations; determining a status associated with at least one of the one or more locations on the map, the status being a function of one or more location interaction rules associated with the at least one of the one or more locations on the map; and generating a signal related to indicating on the map the status associated with the at least one of the one or more locations. | 04-19-2012 |
20120105470 | HbA1c Measurement Result Display Method, and Display Device - A method for displaying HbA1c measurement results is provided, which makes it possible to prevent overlooking a sample that exhibits an HbA1c value at a predetermined level different from a normal value, for example, a sample that exhibits a diabetic type. The method is a display method for displaying spectrum data as results of measurement of hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) in a sample by separation analysis, and the method includes applying one of at least two different types of designs to a peak area for HbA1c in the spectrum data, according to an amount of HbAlc in the sample, or according to the amount of HbA1c and an amount of blood glucose in the sample. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105471 | Systems and Methods for Data Aggregation and Prioritization - Computer-enabled systems and methods aggregate data related to a particular subject or field and present the data in a simplified display. The data is divided into predetermined categories, which are graphically displayed in a predetermined arrangement. Systems and methods differentiate and visually display critical data abnormalities separately from non-critical data. The systems and methods enable an observer to identify the critical deviations or anomalies of data with respect to a predetermined base line by an intuitive visual display of all of the data from any sized data universe on a single screen. The data is indexed at multiple display levels such as a stack of one patient's data, a stack of all patient data for the universe of patients of a single practitioner, or a group of practitioners of any size. A portion of the display preferably may be selected and expanded to show only that portion in greater detail. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105472 | ONBOARD DISPLAY DEVICE - An onboard display device includes multiple screen data that define plural types of screen designs including a character string display frame with equal size; plural types of font data; and multiple character string tables which record character strings to be displayed on a screen with one of the screen designs defined by the plural types of screen data, are each provided for one of the plural types of font data, and include character strings whose written forms are altered according to character size defined by the font data so that the character strings can be contained in the display frame, wherein the decision unit | 05-03-2012 |
20120113133 | SYSTEM, DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLYING MULTI-DIMENSIONAL DATA ARRAYS - A system, processor, and method for multiplying multi-dimensional data, for example, matrices, stored in vector memories. Each data element in a vector memory representing a sequential single element in a row of a left operand data array may be multiplied with a respective vector in a vector memory representing a sequential row in the right operand data array. The memory element representing the left operand element may be multiplied with the memory vector representing the right operand row that is in the same sequential order. A plurality of vectors of product elements may be generated by the multiplying. A single product element from each of the plurality of vectors of product elements may be added to a sum of product elements to generate each respective element in the same sequential order in a row of a product data array to generate a vector of a complete row of elements of the product data array. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113134 | Providing a Proxy Step in a Model of an Automation System - The present disclosure describes the insertion of proxy steps in a model of on automation system. A location is identified to insert the proxy step. The proxy step is inserted at the location. In one aspect an icon is displayed where a proxy step may be inserted, in which case the icon is replaced by the proxy step. A programmable logic controller may be programmed based on the model. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113135 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A processing device, server, and method are provided. According to some illustrative embodiments, the device and method are implemented by detecting a face region of an image, setting at least one action region according to the position of the face region, comparing image data corresponding to the at least one action region to detection information for purposes of determining whether or not a predetermined action has been performed, and executing predetermined processing based on cooperation control information when it is determined that the predetermined action has been performed and the cooperation control information is received. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113136 | System and Method for Automatic Detection of UTRAN Topology - System and method for automatically detecting nodes, components and interfaces in a network. A preferred embodiment comprises detecting nodes in a network, wherein the nodes are coupled to a network controller, comprises identifying ports for the network controller, capturing messages received by the network controller at the ports, parsing the messages to identify a node address parameter, wherein the node address parameter uniquely identifies the node to the network controller, and if the node address parameter has not been previously identified, adding a new entry to a node database. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113137 | Image Processing Apparatus, Image Processing Method, Program for Implementing the Method, and Storage Medium Storing the Program - An image processing apparatus which makes it possible to automatically defining a processing area in which image processing is to be performed according to the type of image processing, to thereby improve user friendliness. A starting point and an ending point are designated on an image displayed on a display, and coordinates as information on the designated points are acquired. A type of image processing to be performed on the displayed image is selected from among a plurality of types of image processing, and information on the selected type is acquired. An editing area on the displayed image, in which the displayed image is to be subjected to the selected type of image processing, is defined according to the information on the designated points and the selected type of image processing. The display of the image in the defined editing area can be changed. | 05-10-2012 |
20120120097 | Clipart Cartoon Techniques - Techniques for generating a personalized cartoon by using a few text queries are described herein. The present disclosure describes efficiently searching multiple images from a network, obtaining clipart image from the multiple images, and vectorization of the clipart image. The present disclosure also describes techniques to change a style of the cartoon such as recoloring one or more cartoon objects. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120098 | SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION CONCERNING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ADVERTISING - A method of rendering interactive content on a wireless device. The wireless devices receives a plurality of scene components. The plurality of scene components are associated with an application and comprise at least one behavior module or functional unit operable to execute functions associated with the scene components. The functions are a portion of an application to be executed on the wireless device. The wireless device further receives a plurality of assets. The assets are operable to be used in rendering a scene in conjunction with the plurality of scene components and the assets are customized for rendering on the wireless device. The wireless device uses a graphical user interface comprising the plurality of scene components to generate the scene based on the scene components and the functional unit. The wireless device renders the scene based on the generated scene. | 05-17-2012 |
20120127196 | DIGITAL IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE WITH AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTED IMAGE DISPLAY DURATIONS - A digital image display device for displaying a collection of digital images, comprising: a display screen; a processor; a real-time clock; an image memory for storing a plurality of digital images; and a processor-accessible program memory. The program memory stores executable instructions for causing the processor to execute the steps of: initiating a sequential display of a sequence of digital images on the display screen at an initial time, the sequence of digital images including at least a subset of the stored digital images, each digital image being displayed for an image display duration, the image display duration being set to an initial image display duration at the initial time; and modifying the image display duration during the display of the sequence of digital images. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127197 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL DEVICE, RECEPTION CONTROL DEVICE, AND CONTENT TRANSCEIVING SYSTEM - A transmission control device may include an acquiring unit to acquire information indicating an orientation of a transmission apparatus. In addition, the device may include a control unit to control the transmission apparatus to transmit to a reception apparatus content of the transmission apparatus when an operation is performed to the transmission apparatus after the information indicating the orientation is acquired, the operation corresponding to the orientation. | 05-24-2012 |
20120133674 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A preferred embodiment of the present invention provides an electronic device in which a status, in which an image in a boundary region between image displaying parts is not or hardly seen, is solved in an electronic device in which a large screen is constructed by a plurality of image displaying parts. The electronic device has a display function that displays image data of a region whose width is defined by the predetermined number of pixels in one of displaying parts with respect to the image data on a boundary region where the image cannot be displayed when first and second displaying parts are used as one displaying part. | 05-31-2012 |
20120139938 | Audio Visual Player Apparatus and System and Method of Content Distribution Using the Same - A method and system are provided for delivering digital content. A first catalogued list of content is delivered from a user operated device to a media storage device, and attributes of the first catalogued list are determined. A second catalogued list of content is delivered from a content provider to the media storage device. The first catalogued list is modified based upon the second catalogued list and the attributes, and the modified first catalogued list is delivered to the user operated device. Content from the modified first catalogued list is delivered to the user operated device for storage and subsequent playback. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139939 | Dual Module Portable Devices - A dual module portable device may be provided. A motion of a first module of the dual module portable device may be detected. Based at least in part on the detected motion, a position of the first module may be determined relative to the second module of the portable device. Once the relative position of the first module has been determined, a portion of a user interface associated with the relative position may be displayed at the first module. | 06-07-2012 |
20120147030 | Temporally Based Weather Symbology - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media are described herein for integrating geo-spatially enabled and time-encoded textual weather information into a graphical map display. Time-encoded textual weather information regarding one or more geographic locations is received, parsed, and interpreted in light of a temporal context of the graphical map display. Weather symbology relating the weather conditions within the temporal context of the graphical map display is generated from the parsed textual weather information and displayed at positions on the map corresponding to the geographic locations. The weather symbology may include weather pictograms that relate past, current, and future weather conditions at the corresponding geographic locations according to the temporal context of the graphical map display. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147031 | RESPONSE TO USER INPUT BASED ON DECLARATIVE MAPPINGS - Systems and methods are provided that enable direct response to user input, e.g., in accordance with storyboards. For instance, applications can predefine storyboards which describe output in terms of received input. The predefined storyboards can be used externally and independently from the applications to process user input on behalf of the applications. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147032 | MANIPULATION INFORMATION INPUT APPARATUS - Several images are displayed based on instructions. A map image is displayed first as a base image. A destination setup image is then displayed as a manipulation image. A telephone number input image is then displayed also as a manipulation image. Then, an input of a telephone number of a destination is made to the telephone number input image. When an event occurs in the middle of the input, a present map image is alternatively displayed while the previously displayed images from the map image as a closest displayed base image up to the telephone number input image as an interrupted displayed manipulation image are recorded as an image transition in an image recording portion. When the event disappears, the recorded image transition is displayed from the closest displayed base image up to the interrupted displayed manipulation image, enabling smooth resumption of the interrupted input. | 06-14-2012 |
20120154430 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - When rendering a graphic according to the locus of an input position, it is determined whether a region which has been preset for the graphic to be rendered, and has the start position of the continuous input as a reference overlaps a region preset for an already rendered graphic by a predetermined amount or more. If it is determined that the regions do not overlap each other by the predetermined amount or more, a graphic is rendered according to the locus of the input position. Alternatively, if it is determined that the regions overlap each other by the predetermined amount or more, control is switched to remove the already rendered graphic according to the locus of the input position. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154431 | DYNAMIC CUSTOMIZABLE HUMAN-COMPUTER INTERACTION BEHAVIOR - Systems and methods for customizing behavior of a computing system based on details of interactions with the computing system by a user, such as a direction, intensity, or magnitude of a particular input from a user input device. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154432 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus of the present invention generates a whole image by executing a predetermined application; acquires operation time at which a user performs an operation for inputting information; if the whole image has changed, acquires a rectangular area including an area where the change has occurred in the whole image as a change area and acquires the change time at which the whole image has changed; if the difference between the operation time and the change time is equal to or below a predetermined value, acquires the change area as an operation area where the user is inputting information; and generates an operation-area-attached image by acquiring a rectangular area to be displayed on the screen of the information processing apparatus in the whole image as a reference area and by combining the operation area with the reference area. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154433 | PLATFORM AGNOSTIC SCREEN CAPTURE TOOL - A method for platform agnostic screen capture is provided. The method includes acquiring screen data from a computer having a display screen, where the screen data represents an image currently displayed on the display screen. The screen data is converted into a representation capable of being expressed in a plurality of software platforms. The representation of screen data is rendered into a vector graphics file that may be published to a plurality of platforms. | 06-21-2012 |
20120162246 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC CAPTURING - The subject matter discloses a method for capturing a screen object on a display of a computerized device, the method comprising receiving an indication about the screen object; determining an at least one point of the screen object according to the indication; marking the at least one point with an at least one pattern; wherein the at least one pattern comprises at least two pixels; capturing a display for providing a captured display; wherein the captured display comprises the at least one pattern; searching the at least one pattern in the captured-display; calculating a boundary of the screen object in the captured-display; and extracting the screen object from the captured-display according to the boundary. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162247 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND OBJECT DISPLAY METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus comprises a display, a deformation module, and a conversion module. The display is configured to display a first object based on display data of a program which executes a predetermined process. The deformation module is configured to deform the first object to a second object in accordance with a user operation. The conversion module is configured to convert a first position designated in the second object to a second position in the first object. | 06-28-2012 |
20120169761 | DYNAMICALLY UPDATING MAP PROJECTIONS - Embodiments of the invention may provide the ability to dynamically create and update map projections to reduce the spatial distortion in a desirable way for a specific map view. For example, as a map view is changed, a new central meridian may be selected and a new map projection may be created based on the selected central meridian. Dynamically updating map projections so that all map layers are correctly representing the most important spatial attributes for the given situation may enable a map analyst to correctly interpret the maps being viewed. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169762 | PROTECTING SCREEN INFORMATION - A method, computer program product, and system for protection screen information is described. A method may comprise determining, via a computing device, if there is a screen protection rule, the screen protection rule based upon, at least in part, at least one of an application rule for protecting a portion of a screen region, and a process rule for protecting the portion of the screen region. The method may further comprise modifying, via the computing device, the portion of the screen region based upon, at least in part, at least one of the application rule, and the process rule. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169763 | Preprocessing a Current Frame According to Next Frames - Methods and systems for displaying frames, including being provided with current-frame values to be displayed on a display, the display comprising one or more response parameters, being provided with one or more next-frame values, the one or more next-frame values to be displayed on the display sequentially after the current frame values, and adjusting the current-frame values according to the one or more next-frame values and the one or more response parameters. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169764 | ELECTRONIC READER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An electronic reader which includes a storage unit, and an input unit generating signals in response to user input. In addition, a processing unit detects the signals corresponding to the user input; controls the electronic reader to enter a reading mode, and displays a file according to the user input, records a length of duration time for which the electronic reader operates in the reading mode; determines the duration time and executes a variety of protective instructions and steps depending on the length of duration time for which the electronic reader operates in the reading mode. A control method is also provided. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169765 | Display Control Method for Portable Terminal and Portable Terminal - A display control method of a portable terminal and a portable terminal are described where, the portable terminal includes a main screen, a host and a display control module, a projection screen as an auxiliary screen set on the main screen, the auxiliary screen is overlapped with the main screen as in a non-usage state, and protrudes from the main screen as in a usage state. The projection module is set in the host, and the projection module is connected with the display control module. The present invention reduces the weight of the portable terminal while guaranteeing the double-screen display. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169766 | DYNAMICALLY UPDATING MAP PROJECTIONS - Embodiments of the invention may provide the ability to dynamically create and update map projections to reduce the spatial distortion in a desirable way for a specific map view. For example, as a map view is changed, a new central meridian may be selected and a new map projection may be created based on the selected central meridian. Dynamically updating map projections so that all map layers are correctly representing the most important spatial attributes for the given situation may enable a map analyst to correctly interpret the maps being viewed. | 07-05-2012 |
20120176401 | Gesture Mapping for Image Filter Input Parameters - This disclosure pertains to systems, methods, and computer readable medium for mapping particular user interactions, e.g., gestures, to the input parameters of various image processing routines, e.g., image filters, in a way that provides a seamless, dynamic, and intuitive experience for both the user and the software developer. Such techniques may handle the processing of both “relative” gestures, i.e., those gestures having values dependent on how much an input to the device has changed relative to a previous value of the input, and “absolute” gestures, i.e., those gestures having values dependent only on the instant value of the input to the device. Additionally, inputs to the device beyond user-input gestures may be utilized as input parameters to one or more image processing routines. For example, the device's orientation, acceleration, and/or position in three-dimensional space may be used as inputs to particular image processing routines. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176402 | METHOD OF DETECTING COLLISIONS IN GRAPHICS PROCESSING UNIT - The present invention relates to a method of detecting collisions on a Graphics Processing Unit (GPU). Each collision detection object O | 07-12-2012 |
20120176403 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EDITING TOUCH DISPLAY - A method and an apparatus are provided for editing a display of a touch display apparatus. A first screen including at least one object is displayed. An object on the first screen is designated. The touch display apparatus is converted to an edit mode for editing the display, when the object is designated. When a movement of the touch display apparatus is detected, the first screen is converted into a second screen according to at least one of a degree and a direction of the movement. The designated object is displayed on the second screen. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176404 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND PROGRAM FOR PROCESSING IMAGE DATA FOR DISPLAY BY A DISPLAY PANEL OF A DISPLAY DEVICE, AND A DISPLAY DEVICE - A method is provided of processing image data for display by a display panel of a display device. The method comprises receiving main image pixel data representing a main image and side image pixel data representing a side image, and performing a mapping of the pixel data to signals used to drive the display panel. The mapping is arranged to produce an average on-axis luminance which is dependent mainly on the main image pixel data and an average off-axis luminance which is dependent at least to some extent on the side image pixel data. A compression of the main image pixel data is performed in advance of or at least partly incorporated into the mapping, the compression being performed at least partly in dependence upon the main image pixel data and at least partly in dependence upon how the off-axis luminance varies with pixel data input to the mapping. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176405 | IMAGE CONSTRUCTION APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIA - An image construction apparatus has functions of, based on an instruction from a user, creating a binary-coded program, creating a database, and associating the database with an image part. The use of those functions allows the user to easily construct an image including an image part associated with both the program and the database. Some embodiments enable easy association of information on an apparatus to be operated with image parts constructing an image displayed by a remote control apparatus. Some embodiments are suitable for constructing the screen of the remote control apparatus having a graphical user interface. | 07-12-2012 |
20120182309 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONVEYING EMOTION IN A MESSAGING APPLICATION - The present disclosure provides a device and method to convey emotions in a messaging application of a mobile electronic device. An emotional context of text entered into the messaging application is determined and an implied emotional text is presented for at least a portion of the entered text in accordance with the determined emotional context. The emotional context may be determined from captured sensor data captured by one or more sensors. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182310 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A book data display device, including a display section for displaying content of an electronic book composed of images on a page basis, and a position receiving section for receiving a position specification on a display screen of the display section, for displaying the electronic book by page-turning display is configured to determine the speed and direction of the page-turning display, based on the mutual relationship between two points corresponding to position specifications received at the edge region of the image. | 07-19-2012 |
20120188269 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND MEDIUM FOR STORING INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM - An apparatus includes a processor that executes a process including detecting a position of an object with respect to a screen of a display, determining whether a distance from the object to the screen is between a first value and a second value smaller than the first value on a basis of the position, displaying a first image on the screen when the distance is determined to be between the first value and the second value, the first image being an enlarged image of an area corresponding to the position, determining whether the distance is equal to or less than the second value on a basis of the position and displaying a second image when the distance is determined to be equal to or less than the second value, the second image being displayed on the screen when the distance decreases to be the second value. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188270 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BLENDING RENDERED IMAGES FROM MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a method, which includes the steps of generating a first rendered image associated with a first application, independently generating a second rendered image associated with a second application, applying a first set of blending weights to the first rendered image to establish a first weighted image, applying a second set of blending weights to the second rendered image to establish a second weighted image, and blending the first weighted image and the second weighted image before scanning out a blended result to a first display device. | 07-26-2012 |
20120194541 | APPARATUS TO EDIT AUGMENTED REALITY DATA - Provided is a technique of allowing a user to store, edit, or create AR data provided from an AR service. An Augmented Reality (AR) editing apparatus includes: an image acquiring unit to acquire an image including at least one object; an object information data receiver to receive at least one piece of object information data; a storage management unit to selectively store the object information data; and an image creator to create an AR image using the image and the object information data. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194542 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - A server device | 08-02-2012 |
20120194543 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The orientation of an image display apparatus is detected and units of display data are developed from prescribed addresses of a display memory and displayed on a display device in conformity with mode of operation and the detected orientation. In case of a mode of operation in which at least two operation screens are displayed on the display device, main and subordinate units of display data are each laid out and displayed on the screen of the display device. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194544 | ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - Electronic equipment includes a display portion that displays a thumbnail image of an input image, a user interface that receives a modifying instruction operation for instructing to perform a modifying process, and an image processing portion that performs the modifying process on the input image or an image to be a base of the input image in accordance with the modifying instruction operation. When the thumbnail image is displayed on the display portion, it is visually indicated using the display portion whether or not the input image is an image obtained via the modifying process. | 08-02-2012 |
20120200591 | METHOD OF PROCESSING IMAGE AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Provided are a method of generating a resulting image as if drawn by an artist and an apparatus for executing the method. The apparatus includes a first generation unit configured to generate a vector field expressing a shape of an image using feature pixels of the image captured by an image device and direction information of the feature pixels, a second generation unit configured to generate a structure grid indicating a structure for rendering the shape of the image using the vector field, and a rendering unit configured to render primitives expressing predetermined tones on the generated structure grid. Accordingly, it is possible to automatically and rapidly generate a resulting image from one image. Anyone can easily generate a hedcut from one photo without the limitation that a limited number of artists need to invest a great deal of time to complete one hedcut. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200592 | CONTROL DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD FOR THE IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY DEVICE - A control device that controls an image display device that forms an image on the basis of an image signal includes: an acquiring unit that acquires, from the image display device, individual information for specifying a control form of the image display device connected to the control device; and a control unit that controls the image display device on the basis of the acquired individual information. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200593 | Resolution Management for Multi-View Display Technologies - Embodiments of the invention relate to multiview displays. Methods and apparatus are provided for receiving input parameters, evaluating the input parameters to determine resolution settings within the display constraints, and outputting the resolution settings to the multiview display to control display of image data. The resolution settings include color, temporal, spatial and view resolutions. The input parameters include viewer tracking information and content information associated with the image data. Some embodiments provide for determination of view resolution and/or power settings for the display based on viewer tracking information. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200594 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display control method includes generating thumbnail images to be displayed on a display unit; displaying the thumbnail images generated in the generating on the display unit; removing a residual image present on the display unit before removing the thumbnail images displayed on the display unit or reducing a display region of the thumbnail images. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200595 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AUGMENTING SIGHT - A method of augmenting sight in an individual. The method comprises obtaining an image of a scene using a camera carried by the individual; transmitting the obtained image to a processor carried by the individual; selecting an image modification to be applied to the image by the processor; operating upon the image to create a modified image using either analog or digital imaging techniques, and displaying the modified image on a display device worn by the individual. The invention also relates to an apparatus augmenting sight in an individual. The apparatus comprises a camera, carried by the individual, for obtaining an image of a scene viewed by the individual; a display carried by the individual; an image modification input device carried by the individual; and a processor, carried by the individual. The processor modifies the image and displays the modified image on the display carried by the individual. | 08-09-2012 |
20120206480 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SEPARATING DRAWING CONTENT - An electronic device includes a touch screen, a processor, a storage device, and one or more modules stored in the storage device. The one or more modules are executed by the processor to display a first area of a drawing on the touch screen. When the first area receives a drawing operation, the one or more modules detect a contact path on the first area of the touch screen. Then, the one or more modules split a first sub-area with first content in the first sub-area from the first area along the contact path upon a condition determining the contact path substantially moves across a first edge and a second edge of the first area. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206481 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE - An information processing apparatus including an interface that receives a display switching instruction to switch an object displayed on a display, and a processor that controls the display to switch objects displayed on the display based on the display switching instruction, controls the display to stop switching objects for a predetermined period of time when a predetermined object is displayed on the display, and controls the display to resume switching objects displayed on the display upon determining that the predetermined period of time has elapsed. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206482 | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING INFECTED ELECTRONIC FILES - The invention relates to electronic engineering and in particular to a method for identifying infected electronic files on a display (monitor) of an electronic device, said infected electronic files being located in the electronic device or on the Internet. The aim of the proposed invention is to provide a novel method of identifying infected electronic files. As a result of the use of the proposed invention, the user of the electronic device or the Internet is provided with the possibility of discovering infected electronic files with the aid of different identification methods which distinguish infected electronic files from uninfected electronic files. | 08-16-2012 |
20120218287 | Apparatus, system and method for electronic book reading with audio output capability - An electronic book reader, an electronic book reading system, and a method for executing electronic book reading. The reader, system and method may include a display, at least one microprocessor that visually executes ones of a plurality of book data to the display, at least one storage element that stores the plurality of book data, and a plurality of modes executable by the at least one microprocessor, wherein at least one of the plurality of modes comprises audibly executing at least one of the plurality of book data, such as to at least one Bluetooth output. The method may further include storing a plurality of electronic book data, visually outputting the electronic book data to a display, wherein a user scrolls through the book data on the display; and audibly outputting the electronic book data to a plurality of automobile speakers, such as via a Bluetooth interfacing simultaneously with the visually outputting. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218288 | INTERACTIVE PROGRAM SYSTEM - An interactive program system for a first viewer and a second viewer to share a display is provided. The display can show two different video images or frames at the same time, and with a screen sharing mechanism, only the video program selected by viewers can be seen by the viewers. The screen sharing mechanism is implemented by code-division or frequency-division technology. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218289 | ANCESTOR-TO-ANCESTOR RELATIONSHIP LINKING METHODS AND SYSTEMS - Methods, devices and systems for implementing an interactive display of ancestor-to-ancestor relationships are presented. The method includes displaying on a display device of a computer system, a user interface for displaying one or more genealogical charts including one or more nodes. The method further includes receiving, from an input device of the computer system, a selection of a first node and a second node. Then, in response to receiving the selection of the first and second nodes, the method includes calculating a sequence of relationships connecting the first node to the second node. Finally, the method includes organizing the sequence of relationships into one or more steps, wherein each step contains a sequential subset of nodes and relationships that can be displayed at the same time, and sequentially displaying the nodes and relationships in each step on the display device. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218290 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE CONTROL OF WINDOW/LEVEL PARAMETERS OF MULTI-IMAGE DISPLAYS - A method, system, and article of manufacture are described for interactive control of multiple images with a high dynamic range that are displayed simultaneously. A medical image control engine provides several synchronous functional capabilities, which comprises an input module, a blending factor synchronization module, a window/level synchronization module, a display module, and an image storage. For window/level adjustment of two images in blended views, the blending factor synchronization module is configured to automatically link the activation of a window/level control of one image with a transparency blending factor that affects both images. For synchronization of window/level adjustments of two or more images, a window/level synchronization module is configured to automatically change window/level parameters of all remaining images when the user makes an adjustment to a window/level control of one image such that all images with updated window/level parameters are displayed simultaneously. | 08-30-2012 |
20120223959 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A TOUCHSCREEN SLIDER WITH TOGGLE CONTROL - Disclosed herein are systems, methods, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for controlling a slider on a touch-screen. A system practicing the method displays, on a touch-sensitive display, the slider as part of an audio application, wherein the slider toggles between a first position in which audio playback is not sustained and a second position in which audio playback is sustained. The system toggles and locks the slider in response to a first user gesture associated with the slider, such as a swipe or a tap. The system toggles the slider temporarily in response to a second continuous gesture associated with the slider, such as a tap and hold gesture, for a duration of the second continuous gesture. The first gesture can be a tap and the second gesture can be a tap-and-hold with a single or multiple points of contact. | 09-06-2012 |
20120229498 | Information Processing Device and Information Processing Method - A display format identification unit identifies a display format defined in a plurality of items of image data associated with each other. A message communication unit communicates a message corresponding to the identified display format when an image generation unit generates a display image in a display format different from the identified display format. A communication storage unit stores a record indicating that the message communication unit communicates a message. If the communication storage unit stores the record indicating that the message was communicated, the message communication unit does not communicate a message again. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229499 | RAPID VIEW MOBILIZATION FOR ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS - Certain embodiments of the invention may include systems, methods, and computer readable media for automatically converting a non-mobile computer platform application view to a mobile application view for use on a mobile device. The method can include transforming the non-mobile computer platform application view to the mobile application view based at least in part on differences between the-non mobile computer platform and the mobile device, wherein the differences comprise one or more of display capability, associated peripheral devices, bandwidth, or software libraries. The method can also include sending information associated with the transformed application view to the mobile device. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229500 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONCEPT DEVELOPMENT - A framework is provided for building a visual representation of a product concept including a textual component and/or a graphical component. A designation is received of a first element within at least one of the textual component and the graphical components as a dynamic element. The dynamic element is associated with a variant list including one or more element variants. A second element corresponding to the first element is identified. The second element is linked with the first element. A selection of a first element variant from the variant list is received. A first instantiation of the visual representation is generated including the first element variant as the dynamic element and including the first element variant as the second element. | 09-13-2012 |
20120236022 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A method is provided for generating notifications. The method comprises obtaining position information of an operating member. The method further comprises determining an operation area based on the position information. The method also comprises generating a notification when the determined operation area corresponds to an edge region of a surface of a device. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236023 | INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM, TERMINAL DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND A METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A TERMINAL DEVICE - A terminal device connected with a display device includes: an input unit to which operation information is inputted; an image generating unit which generates a configuration designation image including a position designation area corresponding to a display area of the display device and an icon arrangement area where an icon corresponding to an image that can be designated in relation to the position designation area is arranged; and a setting unit which designates an icon to be arranged in the icon arrangement area in relation to the position designation area, based on the operation information, and thereby sets an image corresponding to the icon as a display image in the display area. The icon includes a first icon corresponding to an image supplied from the terminal device connected with the display device and a second icon corresponding to a predetermined pattern image. | 09-20-2012 |
20120242683 | COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING TERMINAL DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD OF INFORMATION PROCESSING TERMINAL DEVICE - An information processing terminal device includes: an acquiring unit acquiring image data; a detecting unit detecting a posture of the information processing terminal device; a generating unit generating display image data based on the image data acquired in the acquiring unit according to the posture of the terminal device detected by the detecting unit; and a displaying unit displaying the display image data generated by the generating unit on a display unit. If the posture of the terminal device is changed, the generating unit generates the display image data according to the changed posture of the terminal device. If the posture of the terminal device is changed during the generation of the image data by the generating unit, the generating unit does not generate the display image data according to the changed posture of the terminal device, until the generation of the display image data is completed. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242684 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND SCREEN DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and a screen display method of the mobile terminal are disclosed. The mobile terminal includes: a display that comprises a user interface display region and an information display region; and a controller that changes positions of display regions and displaying the changed positions on the display according to a user selection. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242685 | PORTABLE INFORMATION TERMINAL, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A portable information terminal includes a display element and a control element. The display element includes a plurality of display screens. The control element divides a whole image including two or more rows of individual images arrayed in a direction where the plurality of display screens are arrayed into a plurality of divided images by a dividing line passing through gaps between the individual images in the respective rows, and displays each of the divided images on each of the display screens of the display element. | 09-27-2012 |
20120249575 | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING RELATED DIGITAL IMAGES - A digital image display device for displaying a sequence of digital media assets, the digital media assets including both individual digital still images and groups of related digital still images, comprising a display screen; a processor; and a processor-accessible program memory. The processor-accessible program memory stores executable instructions for causing the processor to execute the steps of: designating a sequence of digital media assets; and sequentially displaying each digital media asset in the sequence of digital media assets on the display screen, wherein if a displayed digital media asset is an individual digital still image it is displayed for a specified display time duration, and if a displayed digital media asset is a group of related digital still images the display time duration is subdivided and each of the digital still images in the group of related digital still images is displayed for a corresponding display time duration fraction. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249576 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING PHOTO ON SCREEN HAVING ANY SHAPE - Provided are a method and an apparatus for displaying a photo on a screen having any shape. The method includes: extracting photographing information about a photo having a first shape; adjusting the photo for display with a shape optimized for a screen having a second shape, based on the extracted photographing information; and displaying the adjusted photo on the screen. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249577 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display apparatus includes: an image storage section that stores plural images; an image conversion section that selects an image from among the plural images and obtains a conversion image by converting the selected image; a schedule setting section that sets a schedule indicating an order and timings of displaying the plural images stored in the image storage section and the conversion image obtained by the image conversion section; a display section that sequentially displays the plural images and the conversion image in the order and the timings according to the schedule set by the schedule setting section; and a controller that controls the image conversion section to complete the conversion of the selected image before a display start timing of the conversion image, the display start timing set by the schedule setting section. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249578 | DISPLAY UNIT, DISPLAY METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A display unit, including a display part displaying content in a display screen, a detection part detecting an operation performed on the display screen of the display part, and an information display part displaying, on the basis of a detection result obtained by the detection part, damage information corresponding to simulated damage formed in the content due to the operation. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249579 | WINDOW MINIMIZATION TRIGGER - A method and computer-storage media for minimizing application windows based on a triggering event are provided. Embodiments of the present invention include determining that a triggering event has occurred with respect to a target window, automatically minimizing all of the minimizable application windows except the target application window, and generating an undo record that may be used to restore the minimized windows upon the determination that a second triggering event has occurred with respect to the target window. In one embodiment, the triggering event is shaking the target application window. | 10-04-2012 |
20120256945 | SYSTEM FOR ALTERING VIRTUAL VIEWS - This invention relates to virtual reality, images and video, particularly to altering views of a virtual reality scene in response to movement of the environment, such as a vehicle. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256946 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - An element choice list designating a plurality of elements among elements included in CG description data is generated in advance and stored. Examples of the element include a virtual object (CG object), a virtual camera, a virtual light, a virtual force field, and a virtual wind. An image generating unit excludes one or more elements other than an element selected by a user's manipulation from among the elements designated by the element choice list from the CG description data and generates a CG image. By manipulating the selection manipulating unit, the user can perform a manipulation of selecting the element from the element choice list and can easily change content of a CG image. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256947 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - An example is an image processing method including a step of acquiring data containing an image, an extraction step of extracting a first image region from the acquired data based on the type of software for generating the acquired data, an extraction step of extracting a second image region the same as or similar to each of images held in a storage unit from the acquired data by comparing the acquired data and each of the images, an extraction step of extracting a third image region the same as or similar to each of the images from the acquired data by comparing the image feature amount of the acquired data and the image feature amount of each of the images, and a step of identifying an image in the acquired data to be stored in the storage unit based on the image regions and reliabilities of the extraction steps. | 10-11-2012 |
20120262477 | RENDERING ADJUSTMENTS TO AUTOCOMPENSATE FOR USERS WITH OCULAR ABNORMALITIES - A digital screen rendering resolution adjustment can allow users who are conventionally dependent upon corrective lenses to view the digital screen to, after the resolution adjustment, view the contents of this screen with 20×20 vision (considered normal vision), without the use of these corrective lenses. A linear algebraic transform (performing essentially the inverse of the Lensmaker's Equation) can be applied and enact matrix manipulation that when rendering the graphical display to autocompensate for a viewer's visual abnormalities, can result in a distorted screen that is equivalent to the inverse of a corrective lens prescription. A screen rendering customization to autocompensate for a user's visual impairment can be applied for each eye in 3D capable devices due to the inherent nature of 3D to display separate images per eye. A unique algebraic transform matrix manipulation can be performed for each of the two images and can provide a more exact corrective lens prescription rendering simulation than for single image rendering for a display. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262478 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A CPU of an information processing device performs rendering on document data of a document coordinate system expressing a document to be fitted to a display region of a display device, thereby converting the document data to image data of a device coordinate system, and transmits a parameter used for the conversion, the document data and the image data to the display device. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262479 | PERSONAL INFORMATION DEVICE ON A MOBILE COMPUTING PLATFORM - A method and apparatus for integrating a personal information device (PID) on a mobile computer that includes activating a first mode to display data originating with the PID in a first display area of a display. The mobile computer switches to a second mode to display data associated with the second mode in a second display area of the display. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262480 | Color and Symbol Coded Visual Cues for Relating Screen Items to Each Other - Described is a system and method for visually delineating a relationship between diverse, but related graphical objects in a graphical user interface. An icon that has specified color scheme is associated with the diverse, but related graphical objects. When one of the related graphical objects is displayed, the icon is displayed within the displayed graphical object. The persistence of the icon with the specified color scheme in the displayed graphical objects allows them to be recognized as related. | 10-18-2012 |
20120268480 | METHODS OF AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING WINDOWS ON A DISPLAY - In a compositing window system, as a respective version of the window for an application is written into a window buffer, a corresponding set of per tile signatures indicative of the content of each respective tile in the window buffer is generated and stored. When an updated version of the window is stored into a window buffer, the set of signature values for the updated version is compared to the set of signature values for the previous version in the window buffer to determine which tiles' content has changed. The set of tiles found to have changed is used to generate a set of regions for a window compositor to write to a window in a display frame buffer to update the window in the display frame buffer to display the new version of the window. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268481 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY PANEL, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A subpixel | 10-25-2012 |
20120268482 | USER INTERFACE RENDERING AND OPERATING METHOD, A COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND A UI RENDERING AND OPERATING SYSTEM - A user interface (UI) rendering and operating method is implemented by a processor with a deployment file, and comprises configuring the processor to implement a parent procedure for: parsing the deployment file so as to obtain UI rendering data that defines a visual design of the UI, feature provider data that defines a procedure providing a feature linked to a generated element of the UI, feature identification data that defines an identification corresponding to the feature, and element rendering data that defines a visual design of the element; binding the feature provider data and the feature identification data to the element; rendering the UI and the element with reference to the UI rendering data and the element rendering data. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268483 | Graphics Rendering Using A Hierarchical Acceleration Structure - A hierarchical acceleration structure may be built for graphics processing using a 32 bit format. In one embodiment, the acceleration structure may be a k-d tree, but other acceleration structures may be used as well. 64 bit offsets are only used when 64 bit offsets are needed. | 10-25-2012 |
20120274656 | CONTROLLING DISPLAY SETTING ACCORDING TO EXTERNAL DEVICE CONNECTED TO USER EQUIPMENT - Provided is controlling a display setting according to an external device connected to user equipment. Such controlling may include displaying image data on a first display unit of the user equipment based on a first display setting, sensing a connection between the user equipment and the external device, obtaining display unit information from the external device, determining the second display setting based on the obtained display unit information, reconfiguring the image data according to the determined second display setting, and displaying the reconfigured image data on a second display unit of the external device based on a presence of the sensed connection. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274657 | MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL APPARATUS - The retrieval of medical data from a database through easy operations without displaying components for retrieval operations on a display screen is realized. The present invention is a medical image processing apparatus comprising a data memory, a display, a position-designating part, a data-list-display controller, and a keyword-generating part. The data memory stores medical data associated with attributes data including patient identification information. The position-designating part designates a position on the display. The data-list-display controller causes the display to display a data list presenting the attributes data in a list. The keyword-generating part generates a retrieval key based on the attributes data in the data list corresponding to the position designated by the position-designating part. Moreover, the data-list-display controller updates the data list based on the results retrieved by the retrieval key. | 11-01-2012 |
20120281012 | SYSTEM FOR DESIGNATING, DISPLAYING AND SELECTING TYPES OF PROCESS PARAMETERS AND PRODUCT OUTCOME PARAMETERS - Described is the display on a visual display device of one or more first visual indicators that indicate that one or more first process parameters of a process are critical process parameters. The critical process parameters are displayed on the visual display device as part of a hierarchical data structure | 11-08-2012 |
20120281013 | USER INTERFACES FOR DESIGNING OBJECTS - A collaborative method of generating a design representation of an object between a first user and a second user is described. The method comprises: designating, at a first user terminal, a set of design object variables relating to different aspects of the design representation; specifying, at the first user terminal, constraints for the set of design object variables, the constraints comprising a range of first user designated values for each of the designated object variables of the set; receiving at a second user terminal, the set of design object variables, the constraints for the set and the design representation via a communication network; enabling, at the second user terminal, manipulation of the design object representation, the enabling step comprising enabling selection of a particular value of at least one of the designated object variables only within the constrained value range specified by the first user; and presenting on the second user terminal a graphical representation of the design object representation as specified by the second user selection. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281014 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AND AVOIDING CONFLICTS OF SPACE ENTITY ELEMENT ANNOTATIONS - A method for detecting and avoiding the conflicts of space entity element annotations is disclosed, which includes: according to the predefined view control parameters, the original coordinates of an original element's spacial data are transformed into the view coordinates of a view window; the element where an annotation needs to be avoided is rasterized in the view window; the annotation of the original element is analyzed according to the view coordinates, and the planar annotation area, corresponding to the annotation and consistent with the predefined display conditions, is determined as the annotation display area of the annotation. Also an apparatus for detecting and avoiding the conflicts of space entity element annotations is disclosed. In the disclosed method for detecting and avoiding the conflicts of space entity element annotations, the spacial relationship of each view coordinate can be embodied visually in the view window and analyzed in the window so that the analysis is simplified and the low display effectiveness caused by the discarding of the annotations that can be displayed is avoided. | 11-08-2012 |
20120287150 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FOCUSING ICONS OF HAND-HELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A display screen of a hand-held electronic device displays a plurality of icons corresponding to application programs of the hand-held electronic device. The hand-held electronic device includes an up/down-arrow key and a left/right-arrow key. If the up/down-arrow key has been operated, the hand-held electronic device focuses an icon according to an operation direction of the up/down-arrow key and a frequency of use relating to each icon. If the left/right-arrow key has been operated, the hand-held electronic device focuses an icon according to an operation direction of the left/right-arrow key and a use time of each icon. | 11-15-2012 |
20120293541 | MANIPULATION OF AN OBJECT AS AN IMAGE OF A MAPPING OF GRAPH DATA - Techniques are disclosed for effectively reflecting a manipulation of an object in graph data. In one example, a method enables a manipulation performed on an object as an image of a mapping of at least a part of graph data including nodes and edges to be reflected in the graph data. The method includes the step of specifying, from among nodes in the graph data that are related to the object being modified by the manipulation, a shared node that may be related to another object as well, and the step of reflecting the manipulation in the graph data while preventing the shared node from being modified. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293542 | Manipulation of an Object as an Image of a Mapping of Graph Data - Techniques are disclosed for effectively reflecting a manipulation of an object in graph data. In one example, a method enables a manipulation performed on an object as an image of a mapping of at least a part of graph data including nodes and edges to be reflected in the graph data. The method includes the step of specifying, from among nodes in the graph data that are related to the object being modified by the manipulation, a shared node that may be related to another object as well, and the step of reflecting the manipulation in the graph data while preventing the shared node from being modified. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293543 | Displaying Items in an Application Window - A method of displaying a series of items in an application window on a display device, the method comprising the steps of rendering a subset of the series of items in the application window, calculating the vertical size of each rendered item, calculating the vertical size of the minimal rendered item, calculating the difference of the application window height minus the vertical size of the element containing all rendered items, determining candidate items for addition to the subset if the difference is positive, or determining candidate items for removal from the subset if the difference is negative, iterating through the candidate items, rendering a new subset of the series of items in the application window by adding or removing the iterated candidate items, and repeating steps of the process until the maximum number of items that can be displayed is displayed. | 11-22-2012 |
20120299953 | MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND CHARACTER INPUT METHOD - An object is to provide a mobile electronic device and a character input method which can shorten a view point movement distance of a user even in a state where the display screen of the display unit is used horizontally. The control unit displays the first character kind character left aligned on an upper side of the display screen, and displays the second character kind character right aligned on a lower side of the display screen. When a predetermined operation is performed with the operation unit, the control unit maintains the display of either one of the first character kind character and the second character kind character on the display screen according to the operated action while maintaining the display position, and deletes the display of the other one of the first character kind character and the second character kind character. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299954 | MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND INPUT METHOD - An object is to provide a mobile electronic device and an input method that can display soft keys corresponding to each of the characters of different character kinds appropriately even in a state where the display screen of the display unit is used horizontally. In a state where the display screen is used vertically, the control unit splits the display screen into upper and lower sides and displays the plurality of soft keys in the display screen uniformly. In a state where the display screen is used horizontally, the control unit splits the display screen into right and left sides, and displays the first character kind character on one side, and displays the second character kind character on the other side, and displays a plurality of soft keys on either one of the one side or the other side in a right-left direction. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299955 | Interactive Image Thumbnails - A computer-implemented method includes displaying, within a user interface, a view pane having a vertical direction and a horizontal direction, displaying, within the view pane, a plurality of poster frames, each poster frame representing a corresponding media item, a first poster frame being displayed as positioned in a first row extending across the event view pane in the horizontal direction such that the first poster frame is displayed substantially adjacent to a first vertical edge of the event view pane and subsequent poster frames are displayed substantially adjacent to one another in the first row until a poster frame in the first row is displayed substantially adjacent to a second vertical edge of the event view pane, and displaying a next poster frame in a second row vertically displaced from the first row. Photographs in a poster frame can be previewed by moving a cursor across the poster frame. | 11-29-2012 |
20120306907 | System and Method for Inserting and Enhancing Messages Displayed to a User When Viewing a Venue - A system and method for viewing artificial reality messages, such as at an event at a venue, where the messages are geo-referenced, artificial reality words or symbols and enhanced for greater comprehension or relevancy to the user. Typically, the messages are geo-referenced to a moving participant or to a fixed location at the venue. Using the spectator's chosen location as the viewing origin, an artificial reality message or product is inserted into the spectator's perspective view of the venue. The enhancement involves changing the content for context, or changing the perspective, orientation, size, background, font, or lighting for comprehension. | 12-06-2012 |
20120306908 | Unified Account List - A first status indicator indicating an aggregate status of a plurality of instant messaging accounts is displayed. A second status indicator adjacent to the first status indicator is displayed. The second status indicator indicates an alert status of one of the plurality of instant messaging accounts. The second status indicator is removed when the alert status of the one of the plurality instant messaging accounts ends. | 12-06-2012 |
20120306909 | INFORMATION PROCESSOR, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided is an information processor, including a display format selection control section that selects, in accordance with a display screen, a display format for displaying at least a part of a feature space prescribed based on a predetermined feature quantity and a set of content data associated with positional information representing a position in the feature space as metadata, and a node selecting section that uses a tree structure, in which the content data are prescribed as leaf nodes and a set of nodes, in which the distance between the nodes in the feature space satisfies predetermined conditions, is prescribed as a parent node of the nodes satisfying the predetermined conditions, to select a node which satisfies the predetermined conditions from the nodes included in the tree structure in accordance with the size of a displayed feature space as the feature space displayed on the display screen. | 12-06-2012 |
20120306910 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND 3D IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal for performing privacy protection and sharing with respect to a 3D image displayed on a flexible display, and a method for displaying a 3D image thereof. In a privacy mode, the flexible display is folded or rolled to control displaying of a display area of a 3D image and displaying of the 3Dimage, and in a sharing mode, an image such as a PIP, or the like, is displayed on the folded display area or a 3D image is rotatably displayed, thus effectively implementing a privacy mode and a sharing mode on the flexible display. | 12-06-2012 |
20120313964 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus that acquires familiarity information between a first person and a second person at each of a plurality of points in time in a temporal sequence, and determines a distance between a first node representing the first person and a second node representing the second person at each of the plurality of points in time in a temporal sequence based on a relationship of the familiarity information between the second person and the first person at neighboring points in time in the temporal sequence. | 12-13-2012 |
20120313965 | INFORMATION PROCESSOR, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided is an information processor, including a selection section that selects a set of content data satisfying a predetermined condition from a group of content data each associated with a piece of positional information representing a position in a feature space prescribed based on a predetermined feature amount as metadata, and a display format selection control section that selects a display format for displaying at least a part of the feature space and the set of the content data selected by the selection section in accordance with a display screen. The display format selection control section is configured to display an object which includes a direction indicator indicating a direction of existence of the set of the relevant content data within the display screen, and further integrate the relevant plurality of direction indicators into a new direction indicator to display the new direction indicator on the display screen. | 12-13-2012 |
20120313966 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A data processing method of a data processing apparatus includes designating a folder element, an expansion element, and an abbreviation element to be displayed on an address bar. The method further includes generating an abbreviation element that can be used to realize an abbreviation display of an intermediate hierarchy, based on each designated element, and displaying the generated abbreviation element on the address bar. Further, the method includes expanding and displaying hierarchy information including both a folder element and an expansion element that corresponds to the folder element on the address bar. | 12-13-2012 |
20120320080 | MOTION BASED VIRTUAL OBJECT NAVIGATION - A system and method providing a human controlled user interface for navigating around a virtual object when a user is in a confined physical space. A virtual object comprising a representation of an exterior of a real world object is presented on a display. A set of interactive elements may be added to the physical object, the interactive elements providing additional information regarding the physical object when engaged by the user. User movements are tracked within the confined space adjacent to the display. The virtual perspective of the user is then altered about the physical object coincident with the user movement in the confined space. When a user selects an interactive element, additional information associated with the virtual object is provided. The information can include at least a different visual perspective of a second portion of the virtual object. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320081 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXECUTING MULTIPLE TASKS IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A multitasking system and method are provided. The system and method allows a mobile device with a limited amount of resources to execute applications in full and mini modes, thereby using a relatively small amount of resources and efficiently using the execution screens. The method includes detecting a first event for executing a first application, identifying the type of first execution event, executing the first application in at least one of a full mode and a mini mode according to the type of first execution event, and displaying an execution screen of the first application executed in the at least one mode. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320082 | INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM, INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROVIDING DEVICE - Disclosed is a display system capable of achieving a prompt drive-forced function even in an environment where, as in a remote UI, a delay occurs until a change by an information providing device is reflected in an information display device. This display system is provided with an information providing device ( | 12-20-2012 |
20120320083 | MULTI-MODALITY MEDICAL IMAGE VIEWING - A medical imaging system ( | 12-20-2012 |
20120320084 | Systems and Methods for Providing Content for Use in Multiple Environments - Systems and methods for using design and/or constraint information in selecting, editing, creating, and managing content for multiple operating environments. For example, an image editor feature of a content management system can receive constraints and/or design requirements identifying specific image sizes that are needed for offering a piece of content on one or more operating environments. This information may be used to guide or restrict a user to select appropriate image portions. A selection marquee, sized based on the constraint information, may be positioned on a displayed image to select an image portion to use for that particular image requirement. The marquee size enforces the image constraint. Design and constraint information may also be used to inform selection, editing, and creation of other constraints and other types of assets, including, but not limited to, text and video assets. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327104 | METHOD FOR INDICATING A CURSOR LOCATION ON A FLIGHT DECK HAVING MULTIPLE FLIGHT DISPLAYS - A method of indicating a location of a cursor on a flight deck of an aircraft having multiple flight displays includes detecting when the cursor is jumped from a first location on a first flight display of the multiple flight displays to a second location on a second flight display of the multiple flight displays and displaying a comet tail on at least one of the first flight display and the second flight display directed toward the second location in response to the detected jump. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327105 | CHARACTER RECOGNITION FOR OVERLAPPING TEXTUAL USER INPUT - Techniques described herein may recognize handwritten characters that are written at least partially over the top of one another that are input to a computing device. The handwritten characters may be formed of one or more strokes. A user may write characters or parts of words over approximately the same area of graphical user interface (i.e., on top of each other) without having to wait for a timeout between character input and without having to select a button or provide another input indicating the character is complete before entering input for another character. Once a character is at least partially recognized, a graphical indication corresponding to the user input displayed on a screen may be altered. Such alterations may include fading or changing size or location of the graphical indication. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327106 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND SCREEN PARTITIONING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof are disclosed, by which various and convenient functions are provided through screen partition in consideration of a plurality of users. The present invention includes a touchscreen recognizing a touch input and a controller setting a reference line on the touchscreen to correspond to a 1 | 12-27-2012 |
20120327107 | FIELD DEVICE HAVING A DISPLAY UNIT AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE DISPLAY UNIT - A method for operating a display unit, which is a component of a field device of process automation technology or is connectable to such a field device, The method includes: invoking a function of a display electronics associated with the display unit by a field device electronics associated with the field device, which function serves for visualizing textual information on the display unit; performing the function by the display electronics, wherein the performing of the function includes receiving textual information from the field device electronics, wherein the textual information is essentially free of composition information relevant to the visualizing of the textual information; and visualizing the transmitted textual information on the display unit based on a display schema stored, especially completely stored, in the display electronics of the display unit, which display schema contains composition information, especially in the form of layouts and/or fonts. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327108 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY CIRCUIT, AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus and an image display method are provided by which a total length of light-emission duration for each display line can be increased. An image display apparatus for displaying an image includes: display lines which form a display screen and each of which displays tone information of display data; a first gate driver which sequentially write the display data into first storage capacitors provided in respective pixel circuits; a third gate driver which writes the display data written in the first storage capacitors, into corresponding second storage capacitors provided in the respective pixel circuits; and organic EL elements which emit light based on the display data written in the corresponding second storage capacitors, and within a period during which the display lines emit light by the organic EL elements, the first gate driver writes display data of a next image into the first storage capacitors. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327109 | Method For Displaying Contacts In Instant Messenger And Instant Messaging Client - A method for displaying contacts in an instant messenger. The method includes displaying information of the contacts in the form of cards in a container; responding to an event that a card is selected; and highlighting the selected card on a surface layer of the container. An instant messaging client is also provided. | 12-27-2012 |
20130002706 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CUSTOMIZING A DISPLAY SCREEN OF A USER INTERFACE - A method is provided for controlling and customizing a display screen of a user interface which includes at least two sections of display elements with the display elements of one section being displayed in a different manner, such as being sized greater, than the display elements of another section. The method also defines a spatial relationship of the at least two sections. The method also includes receiving an input indicating a selection of a display element and causing the performance of an operation associated with the display element. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002707 | Method and Device for Enhancing Scrolling and Other Operations on a Display | 01-03-2013 |
20130002708 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR PRESENTING INTERACTIVE DYNAMIC CONTENT IN FRONT OF STATIC CONTENT - Provided herein is a technique by which static content may be presented in an underlying relationship to dynamic content. An example method may include providing for display of static content and providing for display of dynamic content, where the static content may be displayed in an underlying relationship relative to the dynamic content. The dynamic content may be responsive to a user input and the dynamic content may change in response to a change in the static content. The dynamic content may include a dynamic content response where the dynamic content response is selected from a plurality of available dynamic content responses. The static content may include an image of a page of a book and the dynamic content may include an animated character configured to read the page of the book. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002709 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM - A display control apparatus includes a judgment unit configured to judge a type of the multi-image file which contains a plurality of sets of image data and has a predetermined common extension, by reading out type information from the multi-image file, a selecting unit configured to select, from among a plurality of display operations, a display operation that corresponds to the type judged by the judgment unit; and an executing unit configured to execute, for the multi-image file, the display operation selected by the selecting unit, and to display an image on a display apparatus. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002710 | Selective Display of OCR'ed Text and Corresponding Images from Publications on a Client Device - Text is extracted from a source image of a publication using an Optical Character Recognition (OCR) process. A document is generated containing text segments of the extracted text. The document includes a control module that responds to user interactions with the displayed document. Responsive to a user selection of a displayed text segment, a corresponding image segment from the source image containing the text is retrieved and rendered in place of the selected text segment. The user can select again to toggle the display back to the text segment. Each text segment can be tagged with a garbage score indicating its quality. If the garbage score of a text segment exceeds a threshold value, the corresponding image segment can be automatically displayed instead. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002711 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, OCT IMAGING APPARATUS, TOMOGRAPHIC IMAGING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus capable of acquiring OCT tomographic images that can be captured by an OCT imaging apparatus configured to scan a target to be captured with low-coherence light along a predetermined main scanning line. The image processing apparatus includes an image acquisition unit configured to acquire a plurality of OCT tomographic images of the target to be captured along a plurality of main scanning lines that are different in direction, and a display control unit configured to display the plurality of OCT tomographic images on a display screen using a layout that can express differences in the direction of each main scanning line so as to reflect a relative relationship between respective main scanning line directions with respect to the target to be captured in respective OCT tomographic images. | 01-03-2013 |
20130009981 | TRANSCODING DETECTION AND ADJUSTMENT OF CONTENT FOR OPTIMAL DISPLAY - Technologies are generally described for detecting transcoding and adjusting visual content for optimal display on user devices. A content provider may deliver visual content to a service provider for transmission over a network to user devices, and may monitor the quality of the visual content that the user devices receive. The service provider may apply transcoding to the visual content during the transmission causing the quality of the received visual content to be degraded. The content provider may receive a sample of the visual content from the user devices and may compare the sample with the original visual content to evaluate the transcoding applied by the service provider network. The content provider may adjust quality aspects of the visual content based on the evaluation of the visual content and may transmit visual content with adjusted quality aspects for optimal display over the service provider network to user device(s). | 01-10-2013 |
20130009982 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AN IMAGE OF AN OBJECT ON A VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT - Method and apparatus for displaying an image of an object on a visual display unit, wherein the image that is shown on the visual display unit depends on a parameter or parameters that is/are selected from the group comprising the 3-D orientation of the visual display unit, a position of a viewer's head or eyes in relation to the visual display unit, and a position of a light source or light sources at a location where the visual display unit is located, or a combination thereof. | 01-10-2013 |
20130009983 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus comprises a display control unit configured to display an image in each of a plurality of areas within a display screen, and a notifying unit configured to, when identical images are displayed in the plurality of areas, give a notification which indicates that the images are identical and not to give the notification when different images are displayed in the plurality of areas. | 01-10-2013 |
20130009984 | DISPLAY INSTALLED IN HALL - It is an objective to provide a display system installed in hall for displaying avatars at an event hall as a real space, and for appropriately displaying such avatar at the event hall according to the number of users who wish to display the avatar. We provide a display system, that is installed in a hall for live performance etc. and displays an avatar appearing as an audience outside, the system, comprising a display for displaying the avatar, a first receiver for receiving a display signal for avatar from a viewer terminal or a peripheral device for viewer terminal, an acquisition unit for number of avatars to be displayed, acquiring number of avatars to be displayed on the display on a basis of the received display signal for avatar, and a controller for an appearance of avatar to be displayed on the display according to the acquired number of avatars to be displayed. | 01-10-2013 |
20130009985 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD FOR FAST FILL-IN OF A FIGURE AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM THEREFOR - An image processing method includes steps of acquiring a first two-dimensional parallelogram image, creating a second two-dimensional parallelogram image by dividing the first image into two figures by a line along a predetermined scanning direction and joining together respective sides of the two figures corresponding to an upper base and a lower base of the first image, calculating a value w representing a numerical number of pixels constituting an upper base or a lower base of the second image and a value h representing a numerical number of pixels in a height direction of the second image, securing a w×h two-dimensional memory space, writing pixel values on each scanning line of the second image, sequentially in a scanning order, onto a corresponding scanning line of the two-dimensional memory space, and storing supplementary information of the second image in association with the two-dimensional memory space. | 01-10-2013 |
20130009986 | Event Handling In An Integrated Execution Environment - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, are described for handling input received from a common interface of a program and a runtime environment when both the program and the runtime environment are configured to consume the received input. Given that both a browser program and a media player program hosted by the browser program are configured to detect an event of a certain type, there may be a contention of whether the browser program or the media player program may act first on the detected event. The disclosed systems and techniques enable interpretation of a user's intent when the user interacts with a webpage hosting media content and when the user's input occurs over media content rendered by the media player program. Similar advantages may also be realized within the context of another execution environment, or other program, different than a browser program. | 01-10-2013 |
20130009987 | MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE - A mobile terminal device includes a display control module | 01-10-2013 |
20130016121 | Print Instruction Apparatus and Print Instruction ProgramAANM Azuchi; JuntaroAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP Azuchi; Juntaro Tokyo JP - Disclosed is a print instruction apparatus, which makes it possible to conduct a print setting operation only by performing an intuitive touch panel action onto a print image currently displayed. The apparatus includes: an image display section to display a print image; an inputted information parsing section that parses signals outputted from the touch panel so as to specify a predetermined touch panel operation performed onto a predetermined area; a storage section to store correlating information for correlating the predetermined touch panel operation with a print setting; a print setting managing section to specify the print setting that corresponds to the predetermined touch panel operation; a display image creating section that creates image data representing the print image so as to update a print image currently displayed; and a print information creating section to create information representing an instruction for implementing a printing operation in conformity with the print setting. | 01-17-2013 |
20130021366 | Audio Visual Player Apparatus and System and Method of Content Distribution Using the Same - A method and system are provided for delivering digital content. A first catalogued list of content is delivered from a user operated device to a media storage device, and attributes of the first catalogued list are determined. A second catalogued list of content is delivered from a content provider to the media storage device. The first catalogued list is modified based upon the second catalogued list and the attributes, and the modified first catalogued list is delivered to the user operated device. Content from the modified first catalogued list is delivered to the user operated device for storage and subsequent playback. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021367 | METHODS OF CONTROLLING WINDOW DISPLAY ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING COMBINATIONS OF EVENT GENERATORS - First and second events generated by respective ones of first and second event generators are detected and a particular type of window transformation is executed on a display of an electronic device based on the first event in a direction identified by the second event. The type of window transformation may be, for example, a position change or a size adjustment. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021368 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING AND SHARING IMAGES ON PER ALBUM BASIS - Provided is a system and method for managing images album-by-album. A communication terminal includes a storage device, a management unit configured to manage images stored on the storage device, album-by-album, and a loading unit configured to load images contained in an album into a server corresponding to a host system on a per album basis in response to a user's setting of sharing attribute of the album as shared with another person. An access permission to the album is granted to the another person so that the another person shares the album with the user. | 01-24-2013 |
20130027422 | EXTENDING A DISPLAY AREA OF A COMPUTER - Embodiments generally relate to extending a display area of a computer. In one embodiment, a method includes detecting a first position of a secondary display relative to a primary display. The method further includes detecting a second position of the secondary display. The method further includes adjusting one or more settings of the secondary display based on the second position, where the adjusting causes the secondary display to be a continuation of the primary display. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027423 | VISIBLE LIGHT COMMUNICATION METHOD IN INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING LED BACKLIGHT UNIT AND THE INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE - A method provides additional information from a server to a visible light communication terminal through visible light communication in an information display device having a Light Emitting Diode (LED) backlight unit. To this end, if content data regarding an image output through a screen of an information display device is provided from a server, it is determined whether additional information regarding an object of the image is included in the content data, and if so, the additional information is acquired from the content data. The information display device controls light emission of an LED backlight unit of a display unit based on the additional information, thus performing visible light communication. As such, various additional information regarding an object of an image displayed at a particular position of a current screen of the information display device can be provided to a visible light communication terminal. | 01-31-2013 |
20130033519 | INSPECTION IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, INSPECTION IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A display switch section switches a display mode at a time of displaying inspection images stored in a storage device in which folders including a hierarchical structure are created by selecting the display mode from a predetermined display mode and a list display mode. A folder selecting section selects one folder to be an origin of list display when the list display mode is selected and a control section causes, in a list display region, each inspection image stored in each folder belonging to a folder group with the one folder as the origin to be list-displayed and causes to be displayed, in addition in the list display region, information which makes a folder in which a file of the inspection image is present and a folder in which the file of the inspection image is not present visually identifiable, in each folder belonging to the folder group. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033520 | IMAGE GENERATING DEVICE, IMAGE GENERATING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM - Provided is an image generating device including: a section for acquiring an arrangement of elements constituting an object with respect to a frame to be processed; an arrangement correction section including a control section and plurality of partial correction sections, for correcting an arrangement of each of the elements; and an image rendering section for rendering an image based on the arrangement of the elements corrected by the arrangement correction step. The plurality of partial correction sections respectively correct the arrangement of at least one of the plurality of elements, and the control section provides control so that at least one of the plurality of partial correction section corrects the arrangement of the elements based on the control data, which associates a state of the object and at least two of the plurality of partial correction sections, and on the state of the object. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033521 | INTELLIGENT DISPLAY SYSTEM AND METHOD - An intelligent data display system includes a complex data source for the storage and display on a visual display device of data of different types, an image channel for the extraction and transformation of image data, and for the provision of transformed image data as a formatted image data output; a text channel for the extraction and transformation of text data, and for the provision of transformed text as a formatted text data output; and an output for receiving the formatted data output and for redisplaying it on the display device. | 02-07-2013 |
20130038627 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING AN IMAGE - An electronic device and a method of operation thereof for facilitating the provision of an image as a background wallpaper of a user interface for display on a display of an electronic device, the device being configured to display the user interface and wallpaper in first and second different orientations during use, comprising: generating, based on the image, a first thumbnail representation of the appearance of the display having the image as the background wallpaper in a first orientation; generating, based on the image, a second thumbnail representation of the appearance of the display having the image as the background wallpaper in a second orientation; and simultaneously displaying on the display the first and second thumbnails. | 02-14-2013 |
20130050251 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus stores identification information of an output apparatus connected to the information processing apparatus, stores display state information indicating a display state at the time of a stop of a system of the information processing apparatus, and controls restoration of the display state based on identification information of an external output apparatus connected to the information processing apparatus and the stored identification information in a case where the system is restarted after the stop of the system. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050252 | Brushing Tools for Digital Image Adjustments - Among other things, methods, systems and computer program products are disclosed for applying an image adjustment to an image. A choice of image adjustments is presented to a user of a data processing device. A user selection is received from among the choice of image adjustments at least one image adjustment that a user desires to apply to an area of interest of the image. The user selected image adjustment is applied to an entirety of an image. A preview of the user selected image adjustment applied to the entirety of the image is displayed. Also, user input comprising user selection of a brushing application is received. The user selected image adjustment is applied to the area of interest of the image and a remainder of the image is restored to a pre-adjustment state using the user selection of the brushing application. | 02-28-2013 |
20130057571 | Display Orientation Control - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method, apparatus, and computer program code to perform the operations of, determining whether there is a corresponding change of a position of a user of the portable electronic device with respect to the display, and in response to the determining indicating that there is not a corresponding change of the position of the user with respect to the display, maintaining a display orientation of information on the display. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057572 | Multiple Display Device Taskbars - Multiple display device taskbars are described. A system is described that includes at least one or more modules implemented at least partially in hardware. The one or more modules are operable to configure a display environment of a computing device to display a first taskbar for display on a first display device of the display environment, the first taskbar configured to include a representation of a plurality of applications that are executed by the computing device. The one or more modules are also operable to configure a second taskbar for display on a second display device of the display environment, the second taskbar configured to include a representation of at least one application that corresponds to a user interface configured for output on the second display device and does not include a representation of another application that corresponds to a user interface configured for output on the first display device. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057573 | Smart Display with Dynamic Face-Based User Preference Settings - An electronic display is provided that can include any number of features. In some embodiments, the display includes sensors, such as a camera, configured to detect a user parameter of a user positioned before the display. The user parameter can be, for example, an age of the user, a distance of the user from the screen, a head angle of the user, a time the user has been positioned before the display, or an ambient light level. The display can include a processor configured to adjust a user preference or display an indicator to the user based on the detected user parameter. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057574 | STORAGE MEDIUM RECORDED WITH PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An example program causes a computer connected to a display device to function as: a rendering unit rendering a virtual object image by imaging a virtual object mimicking an object to be displayed with a virtual camera; a virtual camera setting unit setting parameters for the virtual camera; a switching condition determination unit determining that the switching conditions are satisfied when a shooting angle of the virtual camera relative to the virtual object becomes within a predetermined range; an output control unit outputting an image to the display device; and a switching unit switching the output image to be output by the output control unit from the virtual object image to an image for switching which is preliminarily obtained by imaging the object to be displayed from a shooting angle corresponding to the predetermined range according to the switching conditions, when it is determined that the switching conditions are satisfied. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057575 | Stereoscopic Image Display Device And Method For Driving The Same - Stereoscopic image display devices and methods of driving the same. The display device is configurable to display 2D images in a 2D mode and multi-view images in a 3D mode, and includes an optical plate configured to pass through images in the 2D mode, and separate images in the 3D mode; a user detector configured to detect the number of users, and output detection data including the number of the users; a view mode controller configured to calculate the optimum number of views according to the number of the users, and select a view mode based on the number of the optimum views; and a multi-view images converter configured to output image data in the 2D mode without conversion, and convert the image data into multi-view image data for separation according to the number of the views in the selected view mode. | 03-07-2013 |
20130063476 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISPLAYING A COVERAGE AREA OF A CAMERA IN A DATA CENTER - A system and method for depicting a coverage area of at least one camera within a graphical representation of a data center is disclosed. In one aspect, a method includes establishing, by a computer, a representation of the at least one camera within the graphical representation of the data center, determining at least one device associated with the at least one camera, determining at least two points within the graphical representation of the data center marking outer boundaries of the at least one device, and displaying the coverage area between the outer boundaries and the representation of at least one camera. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063477 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR USING A MOVABLE OBJECT TO CONTROL A COMPUTER - A method from controlling a computer is disclosed. The method includes receiving position data defining an actual position of a sensed object, applying a first scaling profile to the position data. The first scaling profile includes at least one scaling curve defining a relationship between the actual position relative to a virtual position in a rendered scene within an application program executed on the computer. The scaling curve defines a range of actual positions of the sensed object relative to a range of changes in virtual position. The method further includes controlling display of the rendered scene according to the first scaling profile, where changes in actual movement of the sensed object generate corresponding scaled movement of the virtual position in the rendered scene. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063478 | METHOD OF BLOCKING TRANSMISSION OF SCREEN INFORMATION OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL WHILE PERFORMING REMOTE CONTROL USING REGISTRATION OF ALERT MESSAGE IN STATUS BAR - Disclosed is a technique for allowing a user of the mobile communication terminal to block transmission of screen information to a remotely connected computer through a simple handling of an alert message outputted through a status bar, without having to input a command or activate a program associated with an icon during a remote control session. As a result, the user's personal information is protected while at the same time allowing the remote computer and the mobile communication terminal to communicate data effectively. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063479 | LAYERED USER INTERFACE - A user interface for a device comprises a plurality of layers. The content for the user interface is associated with one of the plurality of layers. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063480 | IMAGE GENERATION PROGRAM, RECORDING MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM - The image generating program makes the image generating device perform: setting a number of increase or decrease objects in at least one of a plurality of regions on a field having the plurality of regions divided from each other and connected to each other; generating a display image including a display corresponding to the field and the set number of increase or decrease objects; generating the display image in which an increase or decrease number corresponding to a selected level is set in the region within a predetermined area; generating the display image in which the number of increase or decrease objects is increased or decreased on a basis of the set increase or decrease number; and ending the stage when the number of increase or decrease objects set in each of the regions becomes a predetermined value as a result of the increase or decrease. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063481 | Optical System with Dynamic Correction of the Image - In the field of wide field or wide angle optical systems, an optical system comprises at least a first optical element and a second adaptive optical element comprising at least one active component, capable of modifying an optical wavefront virtually instantaneously according to a predetermined law, said optical device being designed to produce an image of an illuminated object whose geometric and photometric characteristics are known, the object and the image being at a finite distance or at infinity. The object is decomposed into a plurality of adjacent regions and the active component is arranged in such a manner that, to each region of the object there corresponds at least one predetermined law for modification of the wavefront received by the active component in such a manner that the geometric aberrations of the optical system for said region of the object are minimized. | 03-14-2013 |
20130069976 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING AN EFFECT ASSOCIATED WITH A KEYWORD - An apparatus to generate an effect associated with a keyword, the keyword being selectable by a user, includes a display unit to view the content; a database to store a keyword and an effect; and a controller to allow a user of the terminal to set an association with the keyword, the effect, and the content, wherein the terminal executes the effect if the keyword matches the content in response to the content being viewed. a method for providing content on a terminal, includes: displaying the content; storing a keyword and an effect; associating the keyword with the effect; and executing the effect if the keyword is displayed among the content. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069977 | IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, SERVER AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An image display method using a display apparatus that displays an image, and using a server communicably connected to the display apparatus through a network, includes: obtaining a post-processing-unneeded image of a format displayable without performing post-processing by the display apparatus based on display-related information related to an image display performance of the display apparatus, the obtaining being performed by the server; transmitting the post-processing-unneeded image obtained in the obtaining to the display apparatus, the transmitting being performed by the server; receiving the post-processing-unneeded image transmitted from the server, the receiving being performed by the display apparatus; and displaying the post-processing-unneeded image received by the receiving, the displaying being performed by the display apparatus. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069978 | DETECTION DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE AND IMAGING CONTROL DEVICE PROVIDED WITH THE DETECTION DEVICE, BODY DETECTION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A detection device has an animal detection part that detects an animal from a captured image, a person detection part that detects a person from the image, and a detection result output part. The detection result output part outputs a detection result including at least information indicating that a target body is detected when the animal detection part detects the animal from the image and when the person detection part detects the person from the image. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069979 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING STATE OF APPARATUS - A method of displaying a state of an apparatus having a user interface which includes generating state display information indicating the state of the apparatus and displaying the generated state display information in the user interface. The state display information indicates the state of the apparatus through a metaphorical indicator. | 03-21-2013 |
20130076780 | UNIFIED DESKTOP STATUS NOTIFICATIONS - Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment. The unified desktop can present notifications for both the computer system and the device in the unified desktop. Thus, regardless of the origin of the notification, the notification may be presented on the unified desktop on the device user interface and/or the computer system user interface. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076781 | SMARTPAD - MULTIAPP - A multi-display device is adapted to be dockable or otherwise associatable with an additional device. In accordance with one exemplary embodiment, the multi-display device is dockable with a smartpad. The exemplary smartpad can include a screen, a touch sensitive display, a configurable area, a gesture capture region(s) and a camera. The smartpad can also include a port adapted to receive the device. The exemplary smartpad is able to cooperate with the device such that information displayable on the device is also displayable on the smartpad. Furthermore, any one or more of the functions on the device are extendable to the smartpad, with the smartpad capable of acting as an input/output interface or extension of the smartpad. Therefore, for example, information from one or more of the displays on the multi-screen device is displayable on the smartpad. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076782 | GALLERY OPERATIONS FOR A DEVICE IN LANDSCAPE MODE - Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface in a dual screen device. More particularly, the method includes providing a gallery for the dual screen device. The gallery can present one or more images in a user interface. The gallery user interface can adapt to changes in the device configuration. Further, the gallery can display images or videos in the various configurations. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076783 | MEDICAL IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - According to one embodiment, a medical image display apparatus includes at least a time information obtaining unit, an image storage unit, a display unit, a display unit, and an indicating unit. The time information obtaining unit obtains information on a scan sequence and obtains scan time information as information of a time when a medical image is picked up in accordance with the scan sequence. The image storage unit stores the scan time information in association with the medical image. The display unit simultaneously displays the medical image including the scan time information stored in the image storage unit and a time chart indicating the scan sequence. When a predetermined medical image displayed on the display unit is selected, the indicating unit displays an image indicating a time position on the time chart corresponding to the scan time information included in the medical image. | 03-28-2013 |
20130083051 | METHOD OF CREATING, DISPLAYING, AND INTERFACING AN INFINITE NAVIGABLE MEDIA WALL - A computer implemented method of creating, displaying, and interfacing an infinite navigable media wall includes identifying available media from storage accessible by the computer, generating a logical set of media from the available media, generating the infinite navigable media wall by placing graphical representations of media in the logical set of media on a display of the computer, and displaying the infinite navigable media wall on the display of the computer. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083052 | METHOD FOR USING VIRTUAL FACIAL AND BODILY EXPRESSIONS - The method is for using a virtual face or body. The virtual face or body is provided on a screen associated with a computer system having a cursor. A user manipulates the virtual face or body with the cursor to show a facial expression. The communication device determines coordinates of the facial or bodily expression. The communication device searches for facial expression coordinates in a database to match the coordinates. A word or phrase is identified that is associated with the identified facial expression coordinates. The screen displays the word to the user. The user may also feed a word to the computer system that displays the facial expression associated with the word. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083053 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR GENERAL SOLUTION OF THE TWO-DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT PROBLEM BY REDUCTION TO A SINGLE-SOURCE PATH-LENGTH PROBLEM ON A WEIGHTED GRAPH - Disclosed are apparatus and methods for generating displays based on a user-interface layout. A user-interface layout can specify at least first and second rectangular components, both being within a container rectangle, each having respective sizes in a dimension. The computing device determines a plurality of grid lines from the user-interface layout, where the first and second rectangular components are respectively associated with first and second sets of at least two grid lines. The computing device generates at least first and second constraints, respectively related to the first and second sets of at least two grid lines. The computing device solves the system of constraints to determine respective location for the grid lines. The computing device generates and displays a user-interface display including the first and second rectangular components. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083054 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING HEALTH TREATMENT PLANS - Methods and systems for managing health treatment plans are described. Data describing a physical and/or mental status of an individual is received. A visual representation of the status is created. The visual representation is displayed to a representative of the individual. The representative interacts with the visual representation. Feedback data regarding the visual representation is received from the representative. The feedback data is communicated to the individual. | 04-04-2013 |
20130088510 | DISPLAYING ITEMS IN AN APPLICATION WINDOW - A method of displaying a series of items in an application window on a display device, the method comprising the steps of rendering a subset of the series of items in the application window, calculating the vertical size of each rendered item, calculating the vertical size of the minimal rendered item, calculating the difference of the application window height minus the vertical size of the element containing all rendered items, determining candidate items for addition to the subset if the difference is positive, or determining candidate items for removal from the subset if the difference is negative, iterating through the candidate items, rendering a new subset of the series of items in the application window by adding or removing the iterated candidate items, and repeating steps of the process until the maximum number of items that can be displayed is displayed. | 04-11-2013 |
20130093785 | Dome-screen device,dome-screen playing system and image generation method thereof - The present invention discloses a spherical-screen device, a spherical-screen playing system and an image generating method thereof, which adopt the following steps for image rectification: equally dividing an arc curve of a spherical screen, which corresponds to a radian of 90°, into a plurality of segments; according to pixels of a planar image that needs to be displayed, equally dividing a straight line of the planar image corresponding to the arc curve into a plurality of segments, the number of the segments of the straight line being equal to the number of the segments of the arc curve; assigning an image parameter of a first point in the planar image to a third point in a planar image; and connecting a sphere center with a second point of a to-be-displayed image position on the arc curve that corresponds to the first point, a point falling in the planar image being the third point. The spherical-screen device and the image generating method thereof of the present invention adopt the image rectification method to achieve image restoration on the spherical screen, and are particularly suitable for achieving image displaying of an LED 360° spherical-screen device. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093786 | VIDEO THUMBNAIL DISPLAY DEVICE AND VIDEO THUMBNAIL DISPLAY METHOD - A video thumbnail display device includes a receiving unit which receives a selection of the first template included in the first thumbnail, a template determining unit which determines whether or not the second thumbnail including the second template which includes the same video data as that in the first template is displayed, an image obtaining unit which obtains the first display image in the first thumbnail and the second display image in the second thumbnail when the second thumbnail is determined to be displayed; a plural-video displaying unit which displays the first template in the first display region and the second template in the second display region, and an image displaying unit which displays the first display image in the region associated with the first display region and the second display image in the region associated with the second display region. | 04-18-2013 |
20130100158 | DISPLAY MAPPING MODES FOR MULTI-POINTER INDIRECT INPUT DEVICES - An indirect interaction input device, such as but not limited to a touch sensor, can provide multiple points of input, such as two or more positions in a coordinate space where a user is touching the sensor. These multiple points are in turn mapped to multiple positions on an output device such as a display. The mapping can be relative or absolute. With a relative mapping, boundary conditions for single and multiple displays are applied and, if appropriate, remedial offsets are added to the input points to maintain a desired user interaction model. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100159 | COMPUTER-IMPLEMENTED TUTORIAL FOR VISUAL MANIPULATION SOFTWARE - A method for reproducing authored content within a visual manipulation software environment includes displaying the authored content, such as an individual drawing stroke, in a manner that enables the end-user to experience the temporal dynamics associated with the creation of each drawing stroke or action performed by the author when creating the content. Each individual drawing stroke created by the author may be displayed in a tutorial with the same speed and direction used by the author to create the stroke, and can then be used as a guidance curve by the end-user. End-user input corresponding to the displayed author content is then received and used to generate an end-user version of the displayed content. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100160 | INFRARED REFLECTION BASED COVER DETECTION - A system and method for improving power consumption by providing the ability to detect whether a cover is placed on top of Infrared, IR, touch device. While the cover is in the open state, a certain amount of the light transmitted by the IR transmitters is directed upward and away from the IR receivers in the device. When the cover is closed, this light is reflected off of the cover and is incident on the IR receivers. The system of the present invention recognizes this increased level of received IR light and determines that the cover is in a closed position. Having made such a determination that the cover is placed on the device, the device's power savings system can switch to an appropriate power saving mode. | 04-25-2013 |
20130106903 | MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND METHOD FOR DISPLAY CONTROL OF MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE | 05-02-2013 |
20130106904 | METHOD OF OPERATING A BACKGROUND CONTENT AND TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME | 05-02-2013 |
20130106905 | MEDICAL IMAGING APPARATUS AND IMAGING SLICE DETERMINATION METHOD | 05-02-2013 |
20130113822 | INTERFACE FOR HOME ENERGY MANAGER - A device includes a device manager stored on a computer readable storage device. A display has multiple tiles corresponding to smart devices installed in a user home having inter-dependent statuses and settings. The device manager generates the tiles with corresponding smart device information displayed in the tiles, and selection of a tile provides a view showing details about the smart device while not obscuring unselected tiles. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113823 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a system managing unit configured to manage an apparatus status of apparatus hardware; an acquiring unit configured to acquire application status information of an application from the application and apparatus status information from the system managing unit; an input unit configured to accept a display request for displaying a status monitor screen indicating an overall system status; a screen generating unit configured to receive the display request and generate the status monitor screen based on the application status information and the apparatus status information acquired by the acquiring unit, the status monitor screen including an application status display and an apparatus status display; and a display unit configured to display the status monitor screen generated by the screen generating unit. | 05-09-2013 |
20130120439 | System and Method for Image Editing Using Visual Rewind Operation - Systems, methods, and computer-readable storage media for performing a visual rewind operation in an image editing application may include capturing, compressing, and storing image data and interaction logs and correlations between them. The stored information may be used in a visual rewind operation, during which a sequence of frames (e.g., an animation) depicting changes in an image during image editing operations is displayed in reverse order. In response to navigating to a point in the animation, data representing the image state at that point may be reconstructed from the stored data and stored as a modified image or a variation thereof. The methods may be employed in an image editing application to provide a partial undo operation, image editing variation previewing, and/or visually-driven editing script creation. The methods may be implemented as stand-alone applications or as program instructions implementing components of a graphics application, executable by a CPU and/or GPU. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120440 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING AN IMAGE TO PROVIDE SEARCH RESULTS - A system and method uses an image manipulating application to define in an object image a plurality of discrete cells. Predefined image information is substituted for image information in selected ones of the plurality of discrete cells to form a translated version of the object image. The translated version of the object image may then be provided to an image recognition capable search engine to obtain search results. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120441 | Intelligent Memory Management System and Method For Visualization of Information - A computer system and method removes or changes graphic content not discernable from the rendering tree stored in memory. The content modified depends on its redraw area in a physical monitor or a pane, which is contained within a layout in a frame. One or more frames are defined as part of a logical monitor. A physical monitor may have one or more logical monitors. Each redraw area is determined and graphic content is modified with different graphic having a memory use less than the original graphic that is determined not to be discernable based on the resolution and zoom information. | 05-16-2013 |
20130127899 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC FILM REVIEW ON AN E-BOOK - An apparatus and method for dynamic film preview on an e-book, the apparatus including: a first storage device, used for storing at least one film; and a dynamic film preview processing unit, having the functions of: reading a target film from the first storage device; fetching a plurality of pictures from the target film to set up a preview figure file; and displaying the pictures of the preview figure file on a background in an order. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127900 | INTERFACE FOR CONTROLLING AND IMPROVING DRILLING OPERATIONS - A system including a display for displaying a comparison between a calculated energy value and a desired energy value of a drilling system, the display including a first portion defining a first potential operational issue, a second portion defining a second potential operational issue, a third portion defining a third potential operational issue, and a fourth portion indicating the comparison between the calculated energy value compared and the desired energy value of the drilling system. | 05-23-2013 |
20130135340 | APPLICATION AND USER INTERFACE FRAMEWORK INTERACTION - Interaction between an application, a user interface framework, and a graphics module to render a portion of an application surface. The application requests a surface corresponding to a particular range of the application surface from the user interface framework. In response, the user interface framework provides the requested ranged surface to the application. The application instructs the graphics module to populate the ranged surface by drawing into the ranged surface. The application then instructs the user interface framework to compose the ranged surface using the drawn ranged surface and other information available to the user interface framework. The user interface framework composing a composed surface using the drawn surface provided by the application, and additional information available to the user interface framework. The user interface framework may cache information from previously composed surface to allow for faster re-rendering should those portions later come into view on the display. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135341 | HARDWARE SWITCHING BETWEEN DIRECT RENDERING AND BINNING IN GRAPHICS PROCESSING - This disclosure presents techniques and structures for determining a rendering mode (e.g., a binning rendering mode and a direct rendering mode) as well as techniques and structures for switching between such rendering modes. Rendering mode may be determined by analyzing rendering characteristics. Rendering mode may also be determined by tracking overdraw in a bin. The rendering mode may be switched from a binning rendering mode to a direct rendering mode by patching commands that use graphics memory addresses to use system memory addresses. Patching may be handled by a CPU or by a second write command buffer executable by a GPU. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135342 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PORTABLE TERMINAL OF CONTROLLING WINDOW GENERATED IN DIFFERENT PROCESS - An apparatus and method of a portable terminal of controlling a window generated in a different process are provided. The method includes displaying a 1st window through a 1st process, displaying a 2nd window through a 2nd process different from the 1st process, and, if a specific key of the 1st window is input, displaying a 3rd window through the 1st process together with the 2nd window. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135343 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR GENERATING SEARCHABLE ELECTRONIC RECORDS OF UNDERGROUND FACILITY LOCATE AND/OR MARKING OPERATIONS - A bare grid is displayed on a display device. At least one digital representation of at least one physical locate mark is added to the displayed grid to generate a marked-up grid. The physical locate mark(s) include(s) non-white paint and/or a non-white flag, and is/are applied during a locate operation performed after generation of and pursuant to a locate request ticket relating to a dig area that is planned to be excavated or disturbed during prospective excavation activities. The locate operation comprises providing at least one visible warning to an excavator performing the prospective excavation activities, using the physical locate mark(s), of a presence or an affirmative absence of at least one underground facility at the dig area specified in the locate request ticket. Information relating to the marked-up grid is electronically stored and/or transmitted so as to generate a searchable electronic record of the locate operation. | 05-30-2013 |
20130147832 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOTE EXTENSION DISPLAY - A method and apparatus for extending the display area of a source device (SD) to one or more target devices (TDs), are described. According to a method, information that may be displayed at the SD is transmitted to the one or more TDs. At the TDs, the information is displayed and manipulated by a user. An indication of the user's manipulations of the information is received at the SD where the information is physically updated. The SD transmits the updated information to the one or more TDs in order to synchronize the information displayed by the one or more TDs with the transmitted information. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147833 | Electronic Device with a User Interface that has more than Two Degrees of Freedom, the User Interface Comprising a Touch-Sensitive Surface and Contact-Free Detection Means - The invention relates to an electronic device for determining a first positional information and a second positional information regarding a user input object, such as at least one user hand or at least one stylus, the electronic device comprising: a touch-sensitive surface; contact-free detection means; and controller means that are operatively connected to the touch-sensitive surface and to the contact-free detection means; wherein the first positional information depends on where the user input object contacts the touch-sensitive surface, and wherein the second positional information depends on the spatial configuration of the user input object with regard to the touch-sensitive surface, characterized in that the controller means are adapted for simultaneously and/or alternately determining the first positional information via the touch-sensitive surface and the second positional information via the contact free detection means. | 06-13-2013 |
20130155095 | Mapping Visual Display Screen to Portable Touch Screen - A content player transmits a screen image to a display. The screen image includes an active region, which may be a portion that may be manipulated. The player determines active region information for the active region and transmits such to a portable device. The portable device receives the active region information as well as information regarding any inactive regions, which may be portions that may not be manipulated. The portable device utilizes the information to present a simulated version of the screen image on a touch screen. The portable device may then receive manipulation information via the touch screen and transmit such to the player. In response, the player may generate and present an updated version of the screen image, determine updated information, and transmit such to the portable device. The portable device may utilize the updated information to present a simulated updated version of the screen image. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155096 | MONITOR ORIENTATION AWARENESS - A system and method for processing video data related to configurable monitor orientations. A graphics processing unit (GPU) is connected to one or more monitors. Orientation information associated with a given monitor of the one or more monitors is stored. The orientation information includes at least a three-dimensional set of coordinates indicating a location of the given monitor with respect to a user. The orientation information may also include an indication of a rotation of the given monitor with respect to at least the user and possibly another monitor. In response to determining updated orientation information is available, a graphics driver sends it to the processor when the processor requests it. The processor adjusts graphics commands based on the updated orientation information. The graphics driver directs the GPU to render data associated with an image presented on the given monitor with the adjusted commands based on the updated orientation information. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155097 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE VIRTUAL THEMES FOR A USER INTERFACE (UI) - A method and apparatus for creating one or more themed user interfaces (UI) each capable of displaying content unique to the theme selected. This may allow the use of the one or more display configurations for themed content. A device may be associated with a UI, which is capable of displaying content. One or more display configurations associated with one or more themes may be created. Upon selection of a particular theme, content specific to the particular theme is displayed via the associated display configuration. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155098 | Adjusting Fonts for Visual Consistency - A computing device-implemented method includes analyzing a set of executable instructions that define an outline of a font glyph for assigning points of the outline into two or more groups. The method also includes manipulating the points assigned to the two or more groups for adjusting the displayed appearance of the font glyph. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155099 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal having a video call function and a control method thereof are provided. The mobile terminal includes: a display unit configured to allow for a touch input and display a plurality of images received from a plurality of counterparts, respectively, during a video call; a sensing unit configured to sense a touch input with respect to at least one of the plurality of images; and a controller changing the touched image to any one of images related to the touched image. The image to be changed among the related images is determined on the basis of a direction of the touch input. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155100 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display apparatus and method. A display apparatus including a display control unit configured to display a moving image on a first region of a display screen; and a thumbnail generation unit configured to generate a plurality of thumbnail images based on a plurality of still images related to the moving image, wherein the display control unit is configured to display the plurality of thumbnail images on a second region of the display screen. | 06-20-2013 |
20130162667 | USER INTERFACES AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS AND METHODS - One example apparatus is provided that includes at least one processor and at least one memory including computer program code with the at least one memory and the computer program code being configured, with the at least one processor, to cause the apparatus to at least detect one or more particular user inputs from respective one or more positions, each position associated with a respective edge region of a display. The at least one memory and computer program code may also be configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus to, upon detection of the one or more particular user inputs, modify at least a portion of a foreground view on the display to create a peep-hole within the foreground view in the portion, the foreground view comprising first content data associated with a foreground application and the peep-hole comprising second content data. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162668 | TABLET DEVICE WITH PEEK MODE OPERATION - A magnetic attachment mechanism and method is described. The magnetic attachment mechanism can be used to releasably attach at least two objects together in a preferred configuration without fasteners and without external intervention. The magnetic attachment mechanism can be used to releasably attach an accessory device to an electronic device. The accessory device can be used to augment the functionality of usefulness of the electronic device. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162669 | TABLET DEVICE HAVING A DISPLAY OPERABLE IN PEEK MODE - A magnetic attachment mechanism and method is described. The magnetic attachment mechanism can be used to releasably attach at least two objects together in a preferred configuration without fasteners and without external intervention. The magnetic attachment mechanism can be used to releasably attach an accessory device to an electronic device. The accessory device can be used to augment the functionality of usefulness of the electronic device. | 06-27-2013 |
20130169667 | METHOD AND APPARATUS PERTAINING TO THE PRESENTATION OF SCROLLING ICONS - A control circuit applies at least one prioritization metric to select some icons of a plurality of icons to provide selected icons and then scrolls a display of the icons. While scrolling the display of the icons the selected icons are displayed in a highlighted form and the non-selected icons are displayed in a non-highlighted form. By one approach, the displayed highlighted and non-highlighted icons are displayed without regard to a sequential order of presentation. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169668 | PATH SIDE IMAGERY - One or more systems, devices, and/or methods for generating path side imagery are disclosed. For example, a method includes receiving optical data measured in three-dimensional geographic coordinates and image data from at least one image bubble. The optical data is projected onto at least one predefined two-dimensional plane. A pixel value for a point of the optical data on the two-dimensional plane is calculated according to the image data. The pixel value may correspond to color or another graphical attribute. The two-dimensional plane is stored or displayed as street side imagery or other path side imagery. An image file including the pixel value for each point of the optical data may be stored in memory or a map database. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169669 | Methods And Apparatus For Presenting A Position Indication For A Selected Item In A List - Methods and apparatus for use in presenting a position indication for a selected item of a list having a plurality of items. At least some of the items in the list are displayed, and a selected item of the list is highlighted. A position indication is also displayed, along or within the selected item, at a lengthwise position that is proportional to a relative position of the selected item within the list. Various examples and alternatives are provided for an even further advantageous user interface. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169670 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SLIDE FILE DURING SLIDE FILE PRESENTATION - An electronic device includes a projecting module, a display module, a wireless communication module, and a control module. The projecting interface connects the electronic device to a projector. The display module displays one or more slide files. The control module receives a request for downloading a displayed slide file from a terminal, determines a corresponding slide file according to the received request if more then one of the one or more slide files are displayed, and transmits the determined slide file to the terminal via the wireless communication module during the slide file presentation. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169671 | PROJECTOR AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE DISPLAY OF THE SAME - A projector in which an additional writing image is synthesized with a projection image and the synthesized image is projected and displayed includes: a display memory storing trapezoidal distortion corrected projection image information; a pen drawing control part forming an additional writing image by straight line drawing based on display position information of an inputted additional writing image and corrects trapezoidal distortion; and an OSD memory storing additional writing image information generated in the pen drawing control part and having corrected trapezoidal distortion, in which image information in the display memory and image information in the OSD memory are synthesized and displayed. Recording of projection image information into an external storage device includes setting an output image to BLANK; storing a projection image without correcting trapezoidal distortion into the display memory; and synthesizing the contents of the display memory and the additional writing image to into the external storage device. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169672 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHODS THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a signal processor which processes a plurality of contents and forms image frames, a display unit which outputs a plurality of content views using the image frames, and a controller which controls the display to display an object which indicates a control authority in one of the plurality of content views. | 07-04-2013 |
20130187943 | WEARABLE DISPLAY DEVICE CALIBRATION - In embodiments of wearable display device calibration, a first display lens system forms an image of an environment viewed through the first display lens system. A second display lens system also forms the image of the environment viewed through the second display lens system. The first display lens system emits a first reference beam and the second display lens system emits a second reference beam. The first display lens system then captures a reflection image of the first and second reference beams. The second display lens system also captures a reflection image of the first and second reference beams. An imaging application is implemented to compare the reflection images to determine a misalignment between the first and second display lens systems, and then apply an alignment adjustment to align the image of the environment formed by each of the first and second display lens systems. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187944 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT CONTROLS DISPLAY OF CONTENTS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus that is capable of displaying, when displaying a large number of contents in a manner divided into a plurality of pages, the contents in a manner such that continuity between each other is maintained, and enables a user to easily recognize the contents located in the vicinity of each page boundary. The information processing apparatus includes a CPU which selects and arranges the contents such that contents selected as objects to be displayed are redundant between adjacent display sections at a predetermined ratio, and subjects displays the contents to screen display in a display area, on a display section-by-display section basis. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187945 | Image Display Apparatus and Image Display Method - An image display apparatus that displays an image on the basis of input image signals corresponding to sub-pixels forming one pixel includes a shift-amount storing unit that stores shift amounts of display positions of the sub-pixels relative to given reference positions in a display image, an image-signal correcting unit that corrects the input image signals according to the shift amounts, and an image display unit that displays an image on the basis of the image signals corrected by the image-signal correcting unit. | 07-25-2013 |
20130194294 | RELATIONAL RENDERING OF MULTI-FACETED DATA - Technology for rendering representations of multi-faceted data are disclosed. As one example, the technology includes organizing and rendering multiple subsets of a dataset according to temporal or other linear attributes, e.g., for visual comparison and/or other visualization. A collection of subsets may be determined in response to a selection of a facet having multiple facet attributes. Each subset may include the entries of the dataset that have the facet attribute corresponding to that subset. Optionally, the multiple subsets may be rendered in alignment with corresponding portions of a hierarchical depiction, e.g., to visually represent the parameters of the subsets. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194295 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CHOOSING DISPLAY MODES - This disclosure provides apparatus, systems, and methods for updating display devices. In one aspect, a display can switch between a plurality of display modes based at least in part on a spatial distribution of changed image regions over a number of frames of an image to be displayed. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194296 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MULTI-VIEW THEREOF - A display apparatus and a multi-view providing method are provided. The display apparatus includes a signal processing unit for constructing an image frame of first image content; a display unit for displaying the image frame on a screen; a user command input unit for receiving a user input of a multi-view mode start command; and a control unit for, when the multi-view mode start command is received, displaying second image content by generating a sub-screen in the screen, and when the second image content displayed in the sub-screen is selected, controlling the signal processing unit and the display unit to operate in a multi-view mode in which a plurality of content views are displayed by combining an image frame of the first image content and an image frame of the second image content. | 08-01-2013 |
20130201208 | ICON DISPLAY METHOD FOR A PULL-OUT DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device that incorporates a supplemental display screen that is stored within a main body of the display device must be able to transition objects displayed on a main display to a supplemental display. As the supplemental display is pulled out from storage within the main body of the display device, objects that were displayed on the main display may be transitioned onto the supplemental display. Various methods for transitioning the display of objects on the main display to the supplemental display are discussed, where methods may take into account the length of the supplemental display that is pulled out from storage and also touch input contacts that are made on either one of the displays. | 08-08-2013 |
20130207997 | Preview cursor for image editing - Methods and systems, including computer program products, implementing a preview cursor for image editing. One method includes displaying an image, receiving user input moving a cursor representing an editing tool to a position on the image, and in response, displaying a cursor icon representing the cursor at the position. The editing tool is operable to have an effect when applied. The cursor icon shows the effect of applying the editing tool at the position while and only while the cursor is at the position. | 08-15-2013 |
20130207998 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND OF IMAGE DISPLAY PROGRAM - An image display apparatus includes a communication unit to communicate with information processing apparatuses; an image synthesizing unit to synthesize a multi-segmented screen image composed of screen images of the information processing apparatuses; a projection unit to project the multi-segmented screen image onto a screen; a functional mode management unit to control switching between a normal projection mode and a multi-segmented screen operation mode; an image capture device to capture the multi-segmented screen image and a hand movement of an operator when switched to the multi-segmented screen operation mode; a designated screen image recognition unit to detect a hand movement of the operator based on the image captured by the image capture device, and to recognize a screen image designated as an active-target image; and a signal control unit to transmit a request of image data transmission to an information processing apparatus corresponding to the designated active-target image. | 08-15-2013 |
20130207999 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE LIST DISPLAY METHOD - To display an image list stored in a memory with good visibility and to display the image list at a high speed, an image display device reads an image file in an Exif format, extracts a thumbnail image included in the image file in the Exif format, and generates a displayed image having a predetermined size and a square shape, thus displaying it in the image list. It is possible to improve visibility in displaying the image file aligning square-shaped displayed image having the same size while precluding blanks. It is possible to perform high-speed processing in producing an image list using thumbnail images included in image files in the Exif format. | 08-15-2013 |
20130215140 | PHOTO FRAMES FOR DISPLAYING PICTURES THAT ARE RELATED TO TIME ZONE MANAGEMENT - Photo frames are provided for displaying pictures that are related to time zone management. In one embodiment, a photo frame is provided for switching on the photo frame based on time zone information, displaying the pictures based on the time zone information, displaying the pictures together with time zone information, and searching the pictures based on the time zone information. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215141 | Using Render-Graph Characteristics to Optimize the Rendering of an Adjusted Image - A technique for optimizing the rendering of such complex render-graphs caches intermediate buffers of nodes that are expected to be re-used after they've been rendered. The render-graph is examined to determine the number of re-uses of each node's output buffer, and the buffer is cached in memory until all the re-uses of the buffer have occurred. Once all the re-uses of the buffer have occurred, the buffer is removed from the cache. This technique guarantees that for a given render-graph, no nodes will be re-rendered, resulting in improved render performance. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215142 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AN IMAGE ON A SINK DEVICE - A source device includes a local display device to display a first image provided by an application program, a virtual display device driving unit to receive display information of a sink device, and to transmit frame data to display on the sink device a second image provided by the application program, and a virtual file generating unit to register the sink device as a virtual display device, and to generate a virtual device file for the sink device. A method for displaying an image on a sink device includes generating, at a source device, a first image and a second image; registering, at the source device, the sink device as a virtual display device; transmitting, from the source device, frame data for displaying the second image to the sink device; and displaying the second image on the sink device. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215143 | DEFINING A BORDER FOR AN IMAGE - Some embodiments provide a method that provides a display area for displaying an image that includes several of edges. The method provides a border drawing tool that in response to cursor movement across the image displays a search window about the cursor. The search window specifies a region to be searched to identify edges for use in defining a border for the image. In some embodiments, the size of the search window varies based on the speed of the cursor. The search window is a square box in some embodiments and a circle in other embodiments. The search window is centered at the cursor in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the display area is also for displaying the defined border over the image. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215144 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - There is provided a display control device including a display control unit that causes a reproduction image of content that includes a first section and a second section and a reproduction state display that indicates a reproduction state of the content to be displayed on a display unit, wherein the reproduction state display includes a first bar that indicates the first section, a second bar that is displayed in a continuation of the first bar and indicates the second section, or a first icon that is displayed on the first bar instead of the second bar so as to indicate that the second section is not reproduced. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215145 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes: a display unit which is configured to display a manual information image of the display apparatus; a storage unit which stores pieces of manual information in correspondence to information of user levels of the display apparatus; and a controller which determines a user level based on the stored user level information upon occurrence of an event for displaying the manual information image, and displays the manual information image formed by at least one of the pieces of the manual information stored in the storage unit. | 08-22-2013 |
20130222415 | CALCULATION OF A MEDICAL IMAGE USING TEMPLATES - A data processing method for calculating a medical display image to be displayed on a display device, comprising the steps of acquiring at least one image dataset representing a medical image of a patient, acquiring a patient-specific information dataset representing patient-specific information and calculating the display image from the at least one image dataset on the basis of a template, the template being selected from a plurality of templates in accordance with the acquired patient-specific information. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222416 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A USER INTERFACE USING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY - A method for controlling a terminal with a processor includes detecting a first bend on a flexible display unit; determining, using the processor, whether the first bend comprises a curvature greater than or equal to a first curvature; and displaying a plurality of virtual layers in a hierarchical order according to the first bend. A terminal includes a flexible display unit to display an image provided on a virtual layer corresponding to a reference hierarchy; a bending determination unit to determine whether a first bend of the flexible display unit includes a curvature greater or equal to a first curvature; and an interface unit to display a plurality of virtual layers in a hierarchical order according to the first bend. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222417 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVELY DISPLAYING A SCREEN - A terminal includes a display unit to display a plurality of layers associated with an application program, an analysis unit to determine a hierarchy of the layers, a determination unit to determine whether a specific layer is included in the layers, and a changing unit to change a tier of the specific layer in the hierarchy of layers from a first tier to a second tier. A method for selectively displaying a screen on a terminal includes displaying an application program screen including a plurality of layers, determining a hierarchy of the layers, determining whether a specific layer is included in the layers, and changing a tier of the specific layer in the hierarchy of layers from a first tier to a second tier. | 08-29-2013 |
20130229431 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING A GRAPHICAL DISPLAY IN A DISTRIBUTED PROCESSING ENVIRONMENT USING COMPRESSION - A system and method for updating a remote display unit that communicates with a computing system are described. The method includes accessing display update information from an update queue that stores drawing commands issued by an application executing on the computing system, caching the display update information, applying a lossy compression algorithm to the display update information to create a lossy display update, and transmitting the lossy update to the remote display. The method also includes applying a lossless compression algorithm to the display update information in the cache to create a lossless display update and transmitting the lossless display update a predetermined of time after transmitting the lossy update. | 09-05-2013 |
20130235073 | AUTOMATICALLY MODIFYING PRESENTATION OF MOBILE-DEVICE CONTENT - Some embodiments of the inventive subject matter are directed to determining a first setting(s) for presentation of content on a display of a mobile device at a distance from a user. The first setting(s) are based on analysis of characteristics associated with the mobile device. The characteristics are related to a user, an environment external to the mobile device, and content presented via the mobile device. Some embodiments are further directed to detecting a change in one or more of the characteristics in response to presentation of the content on the mobile device. The change is an event that indicates that the first setting(s) are non-optimal for presentation of the content at the distance. Some embodiments are further directed to determining second settings for presentation of content at the distance from the user based on the change in the one or more characteristics. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235074 | ORDERED PROCESSING OF EDITS FOR A MEDIA EDITING APPLICATION - Some embodiments provide a non-transitory machine readable medium having a computer program which when executed by at least one processing unit performs a set of image editing operations on an image. The computer program performs a first image editing operation on a first image to produce an edited second image. Upon receiving a request to perform a second image editing operation on the edited second image, the computer program performs the second image editing operation on the first image to produce an edited third image. Upon receiving an indication of completion of the second image editing operation, the computer program automatically performing the first image editing operation on the edited third image to produce an edited fourth image. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235075 | NOTIFICATION CONTROL - When an incoming call is received by communication section | 09-12-2013 |
20130241951 | MULTIMODAL LAYOUT AND RENDERING - A layout transformation system accesses application metadata that defines a plurality of different structures for displaying components of the application, based upon the particular modality of the display device. The layout transformation system then transforms a user interface display based on the application metadata and based upon the particular modality, and provides the user interface display to the display device for rendering and user interaction. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241952 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DELIVERY TECHNIQUES OF CONTEXTUALIZED SERVICES ON MOBILE DEVICES - The present solution provides a variety of delivery techniques for delivering contextualization services to augment content and advertisement to display within content being viewed on a page on a mobile device. The present solution is directed to using any one or more innovative delivery techniques to prompt the user to augmented content and/or advertisements at the point of a user viewing content on a mobile device, such as while a user is scrolling through textual content of a web page on their mobile device. These innovative delivery techniques provide triggering points on the limited screen of mobile devices to deliver contextualized content and/or advertisement on the display of the mobile device. | 09-19-2013 |
20130249937 | STRUCTURED LIGHTING BASED CONTENT INTERACTIONS - Information from a position and/or gesture detection system can be embedded in a Web page, or other such presentation of content, and used to select or otherwise interact with content on the page. In some embodiments, video is captured and displayed showing a current view of the user. Position data corresponding to the video is provided and used to determine directions and extents of motion without having to do significant amounts of image processing. The position data is used to determine locations on the page where the user is attempting to provide input, such as to select an item of content. The content can be modified and/or rendered to appear to be associated with the user in the rendered view. Information from multiple gesture systems can be combined on a single page, and information from one or more gesture systems can be shared among multiple pages and devices. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249938 | MAP DISPLAY APPARATUS, MAP DISPLAY METHOD, AND MAP DISPLAY PROGRAM PRODUCT - A map display apparatus includes: road network information in which integrated traffic signal information is provided in an intersection configured of a plurality of nodes having attribute information of traffic signal available; a display unit which performs map displaying using map image data generated based on the road network information; and a signal displaying controller which performs switching whether a traffic signal icon is displayed at the node of the map image data or the traffic signal icon is displayed at a position to display the integrated traffic signal information according to a display scale of the map displaying. | 09-26-2013 |
20130257898 | DIGITAL MEDIA MODIFICATION - Embodiments enable generation of a modification of digital media. The modification may be applied to one digital image of a plurality of associated digital images to be displayed via a client device. The modification may be identified in response to a scroll function. Once identified, the scroll function may stop and the digital image including the modification may be output. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257899 | PHYSICAL-VIRTUAL HYBRID REPRESENTATION - A virtual environment, including at least one virtual element representing a component of an item is generated. The virtual environment is mapped to a physical environment that includes a physical mockup of at least a subset of the item. The virtual environment is provided to a display. The at least one virtual element is displayed in relation to the physical element according to the mapping. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257900 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STORING AUGMENTED REALITY POINT-OF-INTEREST INFORMATION - An approach is provided for storing and accessing point of interest information depicted in augmented and/or mixed reality mobile applications. A notification platform causes, at least in part, a rendering of a user interface depicting a virtual environment comprising one or more notifications associated with one or more points of interest. The notification platform determines one or more interactions with the user interface, the virtual environment, the one or more notification, or a combination thereof. The notification platform processes and/or facilitates a processing of the one or more interactions to cause, at least in part, a storage of the one or more notifications, one or more images, one or more videos, or a combination thereof. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257901 | USING AN ELECTRIC DISPLAY FOR DECORATION - An electronic display such as electronic paper can decorate a structure by using a display system. The display system includes a content minding unit and a conversion unit. The content minding unit produces content information according to reference parameters generated by sensing devices. The conversion unit converts the content information into theme information. The display system transmits the theme information to the electronic display disposed in the structure, such that the electronic display can display scenes according to the theme information. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257902 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a specifying unit, an identification information obtaining unit, a state information obtaining unit, a display setting obtaining unit, and a processing unit. The specifying unit specifies data displayed on a display screen. The identification information obtaining unit obtains identification information identifying an operator who performs an operation on the data on the display screen. The state information obtaining unit obtains state information representing a display state of an operation unit, which is used for performing an operation on the data on the display screen. The display setting obtaining unit obtains setting about display of the operation unit. The processing unit performs, when a predetermined storage operation of storing a display state of the operation unit is performed by the operator, a process of storing the state information in association with the specified data and the identification information. | 10-03-2013 |
20130265324 | COMPUTING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING MEASUREMENT OBJECT - A computing device displays an entire graphic of a measurement object on an interface displayed on a display device, and displays a tree object region on the interface, where the tree object region covers part of the entire graphic. The device redisplays the entire graphic of the measurement object by copying pixel information of the covered part from a memory of the computing device to the tree object region, creates a hierarchical tree object in the tree object region according to information of the measurement object, and stores a name of each node and coordinate information of a region occupied by each node's name into an array. When a cursor points to the tree object region, the device determines a node selected by the cursor by comparing coordinate information of the cursor with the coordinate information stored in the array. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265325 | Selective Display Of OCR'ed Text And Corresponding Images From Publications On A Client Device - Text is extracted from a source image of a publication using an Optical Character Recognition (OCR) process. A document is generated containing text segments of the extracted text. The document includes a control module that responds to user interactions with the displayed document. Responsive to a user selection of a displayed text segment, a corresponding image segment from the source image containing the text is retrieved and rendered in place of the selected text segment. The user can select again to toggle the display back to the text segment. Each text segment can be tagged with a garbage score indicating its quality. If the garbage score of a text segment exceeds a threshold value, the corresponding image segment can be automatically displayed instead. | 10-10-2013 |
20130271487 | POSITION LAG REDUCTION FOR COMPUTER DRAWING - The present disclosure provides a computer drawing system having reduced position lag. A sequence of first and second position coordinates of a drawing tool position is received and, from them, a future position of the drawing tool of the drawing tool is predicted. An image frame is produced dependent upon the predicted position of the drawing tool and is output for rendering on a display screen. Similarly, the image frame may be dependent upon a predicted trajectory of the drawing tool. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271488 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FILTERING AND TRANSMITTING VIRTUAL OBJECTS - An approach is provided for filtering and delivering user-defined virtual content to augmented and/or mixed reality mobile applications. The application client processes and/or facilitates a processing of one or more map tiles to determine one or more parameters describing, at least in part, one or more areas bounded by the one or more map tiles, wherein the one or more map tiles are received from at least one provider. The application client then causes, at least in part, a transmission of one or more requests for content to at least one other provider, wherein the one or more requests specify, at least in part, the one or more parameters for transforming the content. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271489 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ADDING COMPUTER-GENERATED SCENE ELEMENTS INTO A REPRESENTATION OF A REAL-WORLD SCENE, USING PATH TRACING - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for performing path tracing. In use, one or more matte objects are identified in a scene. Additionally, one or more synthetic objects are identified in the scene. Further, path tracing is performed within the scene, where the path tracing accounts for interactions between one or more of the matte objects and one or more of the synthetic objects. | 10-17-2013 |
20130278623 | PROVIDING A CORRELATION RING FOR INDICATING CORRELATION BETWEEN ATTRIBUTES - Pixels representing attributes of data records are into discrete rings of a graphical visualization, where the discrete rings correspond to respective ones of the attributes, and where the pixels are arranged in each of the discrete rings according to time intervals of the data records. A correlation ring is provided in the graphical visualization in addition to the discrete rings, where the correlation ring has visual indicators for indicating degrees of correlation between at least two of the attributes. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278624 | DISPLAY UNIT - A display unit has a flexible display section, a detection section for detecting a deflection amount and a deflection direction of the display section, a determination section for determining a visible portion and a non-visible portion of the display section based on the deflection amount and the deflection direction, and a control section for controlling display contents of the display section. The control section either prevents an image display on the non-visible portion or displays one of a fixed image or a pre-set moving image on the non-visible portion. The display unit also includes a displacement sensor located in the same region as the display section. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278625 | INFORMATION TERMINAL AND DISPLAY CONTROLLING METHOD - A mobile phone is capable of displaying data of a website stored in a server through a browsing function. The mobile phone is also capable of detecting a line-of-sight of a user with utilizing an infrared light. In a case where the user is reading a website, a keyword is acquired from a content of the website based on the line-of-sight of the user. Thereafter, if a search result screen on a search site is displayed, a plurality of index information are listed such that the index information of the website related to an acquired keyword becomes a higher rank. | 10-24-2013 |
20130286042 | TILE ICON DISPLAY - A system for tile icon display can retrieve a first number of unique identifiers from a first file system directory, retrieving a second number of unique identifiers from a second file system directory, displaying a first number of tile icons in a first portion of a display grid of a touch screen, wherein each of the first number of tile icons is respectively associated with one of the first number of unique identifiers, and displaying a second number of tile icons in a second portion of the display grid of the touch screen, wherein each of the second number of tile icons is respectively associated with one of the second number of unique identifiers. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286043 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING BIOMARKER CO-LOCALIZATION IN A BIOLOGICAL TISSUE - Systems and methods are disclosed for selecting a field of view for a biological sample, selecting first and second biomarkers, each having a corresponding image in a multiplexed biomarker image of the selected field of view, automatically analyzing expression level criterion for each of the first and second biomarkers, rendering the corresponding images of the selected field-of-view in an overlaid manner on the graphical user interface and highlighting a first set of biological units in the biological tissue that meets both the biomarker expression level criterion for both the first and second biomarkers. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286044 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FAST MANIPULATION OF GRAPHICAL OBJECTS - A method of repeatedly rendering to a page a group of objects represented by edges, by identifying a first occurrence of the group in a display list by an identifier, associating the identifier with a display list representation of the group, using the identifier to determine locations on the page where the group is to be repeated, determining if the display list representation of the group is to be used to repeat the group at the locations, repeating in the display list the occurrence of the display list representation of the group, the repeated display list representations comprising (a) transformations of the starting locations of the edges making up the group, shared by each of the repeated edges, and (b) fill and level information accessed by reference associated with each of the edges. | 10-31-2013 |
20130293569 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING ULTRASOUND IMAGE - A method of displaying an ultrasound image, the method including: transmitting an ultrasonic signal to an object and obtaining vector Doppler data of a tissue included in the object based on a response signal that is reflected from the object; extracting a velocity magnitude of the tissue from the vector Doppler data of the tissue; and mapping the velocity magnitude of the tissue to a color scale and displaying a mapping result. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293570 | BATCH PARAMETER SETTINGS IN A MEDICAL APPARATUS - Methods for setting mutually dependent parameters of a microprocessor controlled medical apparatus are disclosed. Mutually dependent parameters may be set by displaying mutually dependent parameter settings, displaying possible values for at least one parameter setting, whereby limits of the range of possible values is mutable and is automatically determined based on the current parameter settings, adjusting a parameter setting upon manual selection by an operator, automatically determining and displaying the value of at least one parameter setting depending on the parameter setting that is adjusted by the operator, whereby the determination of the dependent parameter setting is based on a stored relationship between parameter settings, implementing the set of adjusted parameter settings by actuating a batch setting acceptance operation, and operating the medical apparatus based on the set of adjusted parameter settings. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293571 | AUTO STACKING OF RELATED IMAGES - Digital images may be grouped based on attributes of the images. To represent this grouping, the representations of the digital images are arranged into stacks. | 11-07-2013 |
20130300762 | Teleport Preview Provisioning in Virtual Environments - Upon a request for a teleportation operation, a user of a virtual universe is provided with an interface for specification of image resolution parameters for initial rendering of a teleportation destination and the user's avatar which are degraded from a full resolution rendering of the teleportation destination and avatar. Degradation of resolution can be in regard to any of a plurality of image qualities such as spatial resolution, temporal resolution colors or color depth, light modeling and rendering style or the like or combinations thereof. Alternatively, a degraded copy of the teleportation destination can be provided as an alternative initial teleportation destination image. Since a rendering of a degraded image can be done with reduced response time, the user is thus provided with full control over a trade-off between image quality and response time and teleportation operations are thus encouraged. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300763 | Rendering Changed Portions of Composited Images - Rendering graphics on a display of a device. In a portable or wireless device, a list of instructions needed to refresh or generate a frame is first created. The created instructions are then parsed or optimized to remove instructions that result in unnecessary processing instructions. The optimized list is then executed. During generation of a given frame, a view hierarchy is traversed to identify damaged portions of a display. The damaged portions are not copied to the frame. Also, information that has not changed is likewise not usually copied. Damage from the previous frame less damage from the current frame is copied to the appropriate buffer. The instructions are optimized to render only the portion of the frame that is necessary. Portions of the display that are not visible are not traversed in the view hierarchy and are not considered until visible on the display. | 11-14-2013 |
20130321450 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR RENDERING A MAP ACCORDING TO A STYLESHEET - Methods, systems and apparatus are described to render a map according to a style sheet. Several embodiments of map rendering are described that may be suitable for rendering individual portions of a map, known as map tiles, which may include one or more features. Embodiments may obtain one or more a map tiles with features that may have one or more style identifiers. Embodiments may identify a style from a stylesheet for each feature in the map tile according to style identifiers in the feature and the style in the stylesheet. Some embodiments may render the one or more map tiles according to the identified styles and may display the rendered map tiles. In some embodiments, a map service generates one or more map tiles with features including style identifiers and sends the one or more map tiles to a client rendering device. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321451 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY METHOD - An example information processing device includes: a first display controller that displays a plurality of first objects each corresponding to a content included in a plurality of contents; and a second display controller that displays a plurality of second objects each corresponding to a user associated with at least one content included in the plurality of contents, the user being included in a plurality of users which includes at least one registered user, wherein: a second object of a user is displayed in association with a first object corresponding to a content associated with the user; and a second object of the registered user is distinguishable from an appearance of a second object of an unregistered user. | 12-05-2013 |
20130328912 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING, PUBLISHING AND MANIPULATING DATA OBJECTS - Apparatus and methods for managing, manipulating and presenting data objects within a graphical user interface with variable dimensions, shapes, locations and interactions. The apparatus and methods allow for variable data objects to be both pinned and liquid depending on a larger management and manipulation apparatus. The apparatus consists of databases that store the data objects to be displayed within the user interface and the layout coordinates, variable potential object size, and whether the object can move or not based on the graphical user interface dimensions. The object manipulations include the representation of such objects on the graphical user interface in a defined sequence. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328913 | METHODS FOR VIEWING AND NAVIGATING BETWEEN PERSPECTIVES OF A DATA SET - Methods for viewing and navigating between perspectives of a data set are described. In one example, a method includes the steps of displaying a view of a data set arranged according to a first perspective and receiving an input associated with an affordance. The method includes the additional steps of determining a view transition based at least in part on the input, displaying the view transition, and updating the view based at least in part on the input. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328914 | PEEK MODE AND GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE (GUI) EXPERIENCE - A tablet device determines a spatial relationship between the tablet device and a protective cover. The tablet device operates in accordance with the spatial relationship. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328915 | Annotation of Map Geometry Vertices - Some embodiments provide a method for a mapping service. The method receives a set of road segments for a map region. For each road segment in the set, the method generates a geometry that includes a set of vertices that define a boundary for the road segment. The geometries are included as part of a map tile for the map region. The map tiles are for downloading to user devices that render map presentations using the geometries. For several of the vertices, the method stores data with the vertices that specifies for the device at least one aspect of rendering the road for the map presentation. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328916 | Smoothing Road Geometry - Some embodiments provide a method for a mapping service. For a set of road segments that intersect at a junction in a map region, the method generates an initial set of geometries for use in generating downloadable map information for the map region. For each corner formed by the geometries at the junction, the method determines whether to perform a smoothing operation. When a particular corner meets a set of criteria, the method modifies the geometries of at least one road segment to smooth the corner. | 12-12-2013 |
20130342564 | CONFIGURED VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENTS - A display apparatus and method for creating and displaying configured virtual environments based on real world source environments. A mixed reality environment includes real and virtual objects, and a set of one or more virtual objects may be associated with a source environment and stored as a configured environment for later rendering by the display apparatus. Configured environments may be associated with users, environments or locations. | 12-26-2013 |
20140002483 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A FLOW BASED ON MULTIPLE TYPES OF INTERACTIONS | 01-02-2014 |
20140002484 | GENERIC MEDIA COVERS | 01-02-2014 |
20140009490 | DISPLAYING CONTENT ITEMS IN A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A method of navigating content items presented in a graphical user interface of an electronic device is provided. The content items of a content item list are displayed on the electronic device with a navigation list associated with a characteristic defined in each of the content items. The content list is sorted by the characteristics, for example by time, alphabetically or numerically. A navigation element in the navigation list is modified based upon the measure of the displayed content items within the content item list providing a sense of measure relative to the overall navigation list. | 01-09-2014 |
20140015852 | Method Of Processing Image Data From An Electromagnetic Tomography Machine - A method of generating an image of a material distribution within an object is disclosed herein. The method comprises: obtaining or generating first and second sets of continuous equations; obtaining or generating first and second sets of basis functions; generating a first set and a second set of discretised equations; solving the first set and second set of discretised equations; extracting information regarding a first set and a second set of properties; utilising the information regarding the first and second sets of properties to assemble a forward operator; and utilising object data and the forward operator to generate image data corresponding to an estimation of the material distribution of the object. | 01-16-2014 |
20140015853 | IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSOR AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - An image signal processor includes a buffer and a buffer controller configured to divide the buffer into a plurality of slots, store image data necessary for image distortion correction to the buffer, and not store image data unnecessary for image distortion correction to the buffer. | 01-16-2014 |
20140022275 | SCALABLE MAP DISPLAYS - A desired node is selected from a tree structure or list and then a number of levels from that node are displayed in a map. For edge nodes, the number of undisplayed links from that node is displayed. When another node is selected on the map, the number of levels is recalculated based on that node or the existing nodes remain and the desired level is additionally displayed from the selected node. Multiple nodes can be selected from the list, which may result in separated islands which join when an common node is displayed in each island. Filters can be applied to limit the number of nodes. The filtering may either remove nodes from the display or provide an indication of the number of undisplayed nodes meeting the filter and any displayed nodes meeting the filter. The technique can be used on most linked networks. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022276 | PERSPECTIVE WARP - Systems and methods are provided that allow a user to specify one or more areas of, e.g., a digital image, upon which perspective manipulation is to be applied. Once the one or more areas of the digital image have been specified, the user may specify one or more portions within the one or more areas, such as points, lines, etc., as being constrained in some manner. Thereafter, the user is able to manipulate perspective within the one or more specified areas in an intuitive and efficient manner. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022277 | MEDICAL IMAGE GENERATION APPARATUS AND MEDICAL IMAGE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A medical image generation apparatus is communicably connected to an information processing apparatus which receives inputting and performs displaying of information regarding a test object. The medical image generation apparatus includes: an image data generation section to generate image data of the examination region of the test object; and a control section to request the information processing apparatus to transmit test-object specifying information for specifying the test object, to receive the test-object specifying information transmitted from the information processing apparatus, to obtain test-object information corresponding to the received test-object specifying information from a predetermined test-object information storage section, and to correlate the obtained test-object information to the image data created by the image data generation section. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022278 | CONTROL METHODS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES - The present disclosure discloses a control method and an electronic device. The method is applied in an electronic device including a display screen. The display screen has a first display effect and a second display effect different from the first display effect. The method includes: detecting whether there is a first trigger signal when the display screen is providing the first display effect; and controlling the display screen to provide the second display effect upon detecting the first trigger signal. The second display effect includes at least a first display sub-effect that presents on the display screen a virtual image symmetrical to an object in front of the display screen. According to the embodiments of the present disclosure, a display screen of an electronic device has a first display effect and a second display effect and can be switched from the first display effect to the second display effect in response to a trigger signal. When the display screen is providing the second display effect, it can be used as a mirror. | 01-23-2014 |
20140028701 | MODIFYING TRANSITION SEQUENCES IN A USER INTERFACE DEPENDING ON FREQUENCY OF USE - A method of displaying transition sequence in a user interface on an electronic device is provided. When a transition sequence is presented in a user interface, repeated use of the transition sequence can fatigue a user and the desired effect can be lost. In addition the repeated use of a transition sequence can provide the appearance that the user interface or device is not performing quickly. By modifying parameters of the transition sequence in response to user actions an improved user experience. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028702 | INDICATION OF OFF-SCREEN CALENDAR OBJECTS - Calendar application objects that do no not appear on the screen because of space constraints or other reasons may be associated with an edge of the time period displayed on the screen closest to a virtual location of each respective object in the calendar application. A user selectable indicator may then be displayed for one or more of the edges to indicate the presence of additional objects in the calendar application that are not currently displayed on the screen of the device, but would be displayed if the user were to scroll the displayed time period in the direction of the displayed time period edge associated with a respective indicator. The indicator may include additional data about the objects associated with the edge that do not appear within the time period shown on the screen. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028703 | RENDER-ASSISTED COMPRESSION FOR REMOTE GRAPHICS - A technique for efficiently compressing rendered three-dimensional images in a remote rendering system adds a novel render-assisted prediction function to an existing video compression framework, such as the standard H.264/5 framework. Auxiliary rendering information is separated from rendering information used to describe a reference image by a server system. A client system may alter the auxiliary data and generate a new image based on the reference image and rendered scene information from the auxiliary data without creating additional network bandwidth or server workload. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028704 | Display Device - A display device is described and includes a fixing unit, through which the display device is capable of being worn on a head of a user; a processing unit configured to obtain a first image to be displayed; an image transmission unit configured to transmit the first image to a display unit, which is configured to display the first image obtained by the processing unit; a connection unit configured to connect the fixing unit and at least a first portion of the display unit, wherein the connection unit at least has a first state, in which at least the first portion is located in the user's visual region and faces the user; an image capturing unit configured to capture a second image; and the processing unit being further configured to generate the first image based on the second image. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028705 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY PROGRAM - An image display device is capable of realizing an effective corrected shape of the image. The image display device includes an image input section to which an image is input, an aspect ratio determination section adapted to determine an aspect ratio of the image input to the image input section, a correction section adapted to perform a correction on the image input to the image input section so that the image has an aspect ratio corresponding to an aspect ratio determined by the aspect ratio determination section, and a projection section adapted to project the image on which the correction is performed by the correction section. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028706 | WATER SURFACE GENERATION - Systems and methods for approximating terrain data representing a water surface are disclosed. A computer-based geographical information system for approximating terrain data representing a water surface is provided. The system includes a mesh simplifier and a surface inversion corrector. The mesh simplifier simplifies initial water surface and water bottom meshes. The surface inversion corrector corrects simplified water surface and/or water bottom meshes to avoid having a water bottom surface incorrectly appear above a corresponding water surface in a display view. In one example, the mesh simplifier simplifies the initial water surface mesh while accounting for water/land boundaries. The mesh simplifier also simplifies the initial water bottom mesh while accounting for geographic features and/or water/land boundaries. A computer-implemented method for approximating terrain data representing a water surface is provided. In further embodiments, systems and methods for altering tile information received at a client device are provided. | 01-30-2014 |
20140035945 | COMPUTING DEVICE APPLICATIONS WITH AN AUTOMATICALLY ADAPTING USER INTERFACE - In one aspect, the present disclosure describes a method that may include determining, by a processor of a computing device, a platform of the computing device. Based at least in part upon the platform, the method may include altering, by the processor, a platform-independent presentation file. The method may include determining, by the processor, a platform-specific graphical user interface of a software application based at least in part on the platform-independent presentation file. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035946 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and a control method thereof are provided. The mobile terminal includes a display and a controller configured to change display of at least one object on the basis of at least one of the attribute of the at least one object and the attribute of a second touch when the second touch applied to at least one point of the display is input while a first touch applied to the at least one object displayed on the display is maintained. Accordingly, display of a selected object can be changed on the basis of at least one of the attribute of the object and the attribute of touch. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035947 | SYSTEM FOR DELIVERING AND ENABLING INTERACTIVITY WITH IMAGES - A system, including apparatuses, software and methods, is disclosed for capturing and delivering images as to which various interactive functions are enabled for a user. The images introduced to the system can come from any one of a variety of sources, including from a digital camera. A graphical user interface permits a user to customize a set of interactive functions to be enabled for a given set of images. The interactively enabled images can be delivered via a webpage to a user, for example, via email, the Internet or downloaded from a disk or from disk drive on a computer on which the webpage is stored. Each image is delivered to a user in its own layer of software, which permits complex sets of images of relatively high resolution to be delivered to users without any appreciable delay associated with the delivery or the need for the user to have additional software, such as a plug-in to receive images and enable interactive functions with respect to the images. Whenever an interactive function is being carried out, a viewer perceives only one image layer at a given time, but the currently viewable image layer can be changed rapidly, so that the user can perceive the illusion of motion, including virtual rotation of an object depicted in a set of images. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035948 | MANAGING MAP ELEMENTS USING AGGREGATE FEATURE IDENTIFIERS - Multiple individually renderable map elements, each representing a respective physical entity in a geographic area, are rendered to generate a digital map of the geographic area. A description of an aggregate map feature that includes several but not all of the multiple map elements is received. The several map elements represent physical entities that form a common administrative unit. A selection of one of the several map elements is received via the user interface. In response to receiving the selection, the several map elements included in the aggregate map feature are automatically selected, and an indication that the aggregate map feature has been selected is provided on the user interface. | 02-06-2014 |
20140043358 | MEDIA ENCODING USING CHANGED REGIONS - A method and system for media encoding using changed regions. The method includes detecting the changed regions and a static portion of a desktop of a computing device. The amount of changed regions may be determined. The changed regions may be encoded in response to the amount of changed regions. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043359 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING AUGMENTED REALITY (AR) IMAGE TARGETS - Apparatus, systems and methods for improving augmented reality (AR) targets are disclosed. A method described herein for improving augmented reality (AR) targets includes modifying an AR target with a client's software, sending a request for feedback on the AR target to a server, receiving feedback from the server, displaying, by the client's software, the feedback over the AR target and saving, by the client's software, the AR target to memory. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043360 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE FAILURE ANALYSIS SYSTEM AND SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE - A semiconductor device failure analysis system according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a memory configured to be capable of retaining an initial display information; and a control unit configured to generate a first image based on a configuration information of the semiconductor device and a plurality of fail bit information of the semiconductor device, the semiconductor device including a three-dimensional memory cell array, and to generate a second image from the first image based on the initial display information, the second image corresponding to part of the plurality of fail bit information. The semiconductor device failure analysis system according to the embodiment further includes a display configured to be capable of initially displaying the second image. | 02-13-2014 |
20140063048 | VISUAL ACCESSIBILITY INDICATORS - Systems and methods are described for providing visual accessibility indicators on mobile devices. A computerized method of presenting a visual accessibility indicator relating to a target file includes detecting, using a mobile device, an active network connection of the mobile device to be used to transfer the target file, retrieving a connection profile for the active network connection, the connection profile including attributes relating to the active network connection, projecting accessibility of the target file at least partially based on the connection profile, and displaying, on the mobile device, a visual accessibility indicator representing the projected accessibility, wherein the visual accessibility indicator contains an icon illustrating the accessibility. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063049 | INFORMATION DISPLAY USING ELECTRONIC DIFFUSERS - Embodiments of systems and methods for using electronic diffusers to implement message indicators are described. A segment of a diffuser attached to an electronic device is configured to indicate an informational message in response to signals that result in a change to an optical property. A set of information to be displayed using the segment is determined, and a signal is transmitted to the segment to display the information. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063050 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVELY PRESENTING CONTENT - A machine-implemented method includes obtaining input data and generating output data. The status of at least one contextual factor is determined and compared with a standard. If the status meets the standard, a transformation is applied to the output data. The output data is then outputted to the viewer. Through design and/or selection of contextual factors, standards, and transformations, output data may be selectively outputted to viewers in a context-suitable fashion, e.g. on a head mounted display the viewer's central vision may be left unobstructed while the viewer walks, drives, etc. An apparatus includes at least one sensor that senses a contextual factor. A processor determines the status of the contextual factor, determines if the status meets a standard, generates output data, and applies a transformation to the output data if the status meets the standard. A display outputs the output data to the viewer. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063051 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE HAVING A SOCIAL MEDIA MULTIMEDIA CONTAINER - A system and method for rendering a graphical user interface. The method includes accessing, within a mobile device, a data store corresponding to a social media multimedia container. The social media multimedia container comprises a plurality of objects and a first subset of the plurality of objects comprises a first social media application and second social media application and a second subset of the plurality of objects comprises a first social media widget. The social media multimedia container is operable to comprise one or more applications, widgets, pieces of content, and other multimedia containers. The method further includes displaying a first plurality of images each corresponding to the first social media application and the second social media application in a linear configuration and displaying a first image corresponding to the first social media widget. The first image is adjacent to a second image of the plurality of images corresponding to the first social media application. | 03-06-2014 |
20140071157 | CONTENT DELIVERY SYSTEMS WITH PRIORITIZED CONTENT AND RELATED METHODS - Content delivery systems and related methods are provided. In this regard, a representative system includes: a content hosting system having a wireless communication interface for communicating with mobile devices, the content hosting system being operative to: receive information corresponding to a first content item via the wireless communication interface; associate a first time indicator with the first content item; and provide the first content item to a display device such that multiple content items are displayed in a time-prioritized configuration. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071158 | Interface Integrating Key Peformance Indicator (KPI) to Custom Control - A user interface integrates display of custom Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) calculated from an underlying database. The interface may allow for the creation of predictive algorithms customized to provide intelligent advice and meaningful alerts to the user in realtime, based upon the value of the KPIs. Certain embodiments may provide a dynamic ticker feature that provides recommendations for user action based upon displayed KPIs. The ticker may utilize attributes such as color and movement to effectively communicate relevant KPI information to the user. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071159 | Method and Apparatus For Providing a User Interface For a File System - A method and apparatus provides for controlling presentation of multimedia content. In one example, the method and apparatus changes a display perspective of a multimedia presenting system that presents the multimedia content by determining an amount of display perspective adjustment based on a relative position between a user and the multimedia presenting system. According to the determined amount of display perspective adjustment, the method and apparatus issues one or more control commands that instruct the multimedia presenting system to change the display perspective. The display perspective may be changed for example by moving a display or portion thereof and/or by changing the perspective of the displayed image on the display while leaving the position of the display alone. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071160 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a processor and a display processor. The processor acquires a plurality of first contents associated with a first period, and a plurality of second contents associated with a second period different from the first period. The display processor displays on a screen a first object representing a set of the plurality of first contents and a second object representing a set of the plurality of second contents on the screen in accordance with the first period and the second period. The first object and the second object are arranged in one direction on the screen in a chronological order. | 03-13-2014 |
20140078171 | REPRODUCTION DEVICE - A reproduction device includes: a memory; a drawing processing unit that draws pieces of element data onto a screen according to instruction data which is received from a server, includes the pieces of element data, and instructs to draw the pieces of element data; and a cache control unit that generates, when the instruction data instructs application of a decoration method to the pieces of element data to be drawn, a piece of image data including the pieces of element data keeping positional relationships among them as drawn, and writes the generated piece of image data into the memory. When the instruction data instructs application of the decoration method to the pieces of element data to be drawn, the drawing processing unit applies the decoration method to the piece of image data stored in the memory, and draws the decorated image data onto the screen. | 03-20-2014 |
20140092123 | DRAWING CONTROL DEVICE - When receiving register setting information about a graphic on which a drawing process is carried out, a drawing control unit | 04-03-2014 |
20140098124 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE ADJUSTMENT METHOD OF IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device capable of performing a shape correction of an image displayed on an image display surface having a corner composed of a plurality of surfaces is provided. The image display device includes: an OSD processing unit that displays identification images respectively corresponding to four sides of an image; an identification image selection unit that accepts an operation of selecting the displayed identification image; a moving operation unit that accepts an operation of moving a node set at a predetermined position of the side corresponding to the selected identification image; and an image processing unit that corrects the shape of the image by moving, based on the operation accepted with the moving operation unit, the node of the side of the image displayed on an image display surface composed of a plurality of surfaces. | 04-10-2014 |
20140104306 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CAPTURING HIGH RESOLUTION CONTENT FROM APPLICATIONS - A method of capturing information from an application at a portable electronic device includes receiving an OS-level screen-capture trigger from a user interface of the portable electronic device, and in response to the OS-level screen-capture trigger, reporting to an active application running on the portable electronic device a virtual resolution higher than a native resolution available on a display of the portable electronic device receiving high-resolution content from the active application formatted by the active application based on the virtual resolution, storing the high-resolution content at the portable electronic device, and, reporting the native resolution to the active application. | 04-17-2014 |
20140104307 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND METHOD, SUPPLEMENT IMAGE GENERATION DEVICE AND METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image-processing apparatus for generating images from a plurality of viewpoints comprises a supplementation section that receives images captured by a plurality of image capturing devices arranged on a predetermined plane and generates supplemental images at a plurality of supplemental camera positions on the predetermined plane, each supplemental image being generated based on images captured by a predetermined number of the image capturing devices on the predetermined plane; and a viewpoint image generation section that generates a viewpoint image from a viewpoint by selecting pixels from the plurality of supplemental images and captured images. | 04-17-2014 |
20140104308 | SHAPE RECOGNITION USING PARTIAL SHAPES - Shape recognition is performed based on determining whether one or more ink strokes is not part of a shape or a partial shape. Ink strokes are divided into segments and the segments analyzed employing a relative angular distance histogram. The histogram analysis yields stable, incremental, and discriminating featurization results. Neural networks may also be employed along with the histogram analysis to determine complete shapes from partial shape entries and autocomplete suggestions provided to users for conversion of the shape into a known object. | 04-17-2014 |
20140111540 | VEHICLE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND VEHICLE DISPLAY CONTROL UNIT - A vehicle display apparatus includes a display panel to be placed at a position where a driver visually recognizes the display panel and to display information related to vehicle traveling status. The display panel includes a first display area for displaying a first information and a second display area for displaying second information. The vehicle display apparatus further includes a first display control portion for obtaining the first information, and a second display control portion for obtaining the second information and displaying the second information. A vehicle display apparatus includes the display panel which has a third display area for displaying third information and a fourth display area for displaying fourth information. The vehicle display apparatus further includes a third display control portion and a fourth display control portion. | 04-24-2014 |
20140118390 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GROUPING RELATED PHOTOGRAPHS - A computer-implemented method, computer program product, and computing system is provided for interacting with images having similar content. In an embodiment, a method may include identifying a plurality of photographs as including a common characteristic. The method may also include generating a flipbook media item including the plurality of photographs. The method may further include associating one or more interactive control features with the flipbook media item. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118391 | TECHNIQUES FOR ADAPTIVELY GENERATING BOUNDING BOXES - One embodiment of the present invention includes a method for generating accumulated bounding boxes for graphics primitives. The method includes generating a first bounding box associated with a first graphics primitive. The method further includes, for each graphics primitive included in a first set of one or more additional graphics primitives, determining that the graphics primitive is within a threshold distance of the first bounding box, and adding the graphics primitive to the first bounding box. The method further includes determining not to add a second graphics primitive to the first bounding box. The method further includes generating a second bounding box associated with the second graphics primitive. Finally, the method includes transmitting the first bounding box to a tiling unit via a crossbar. One advantage of the disclosed embodiments is that multiple bounding boxes are combined to generate an accumulated bounding box that is then transferred across the crossbar. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118392 | VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT PICTURE QUALITY ADJUSTMENT - A system and method for dynamically changing the display parameters of a display device. The system includes a server that obtains information about display content, environmental factors and user preferences affecting the display device. This information is used to generate initial display parameters which can be downloaded to the display device. The display device can use the initial display parameters to select final display parameters based upon sensed real-time information about the display device, the user preferences and environmental factors affecting the display device. | 05-01-2014 |
20140125691 | ULTRASOUND IMAGING SYSTEM AND METHOD - An ultrasound imaging system and method includes receiving a first ultrasound image of a region-of-interest (ROI) and associated first ECG data, the first ultrasound image including an M-mode image or a spectral Doppler image. The system and method includes receiving a cine loop of B-mode images acquired from the ROI and second associated ECG data. The system and method includes selecting a first phase and displaying, at the same time, a first one of the B-mode images at the first phase, the first ultrasound image, and a marker. The marker is positioned at a first position with respect to the first ultrasound image, the first position indicating the first phase. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125692 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING IMAGE RELATED TO IMAGE DISPLAYED ON DEVICE - A system and a method for providing an image related to an image displayed on a device are provided. A method of providing a second image that is related to a first image displayed on a device includes receiving a request for the second image that is related to the first image displayed on a screen of the device, from a server, and providing the second image to the server in response to the request, wherein the second image is projected onto a plate on which the device is disposed, by a projection apparatus connected to the server, and wherein the first image displayed on the screen of the device is a part of a whole image related to the first image displayed on the screen of the device, and wherein the second image includes another part of the whole image. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125693 | Selective Display of OCR'ed Text and Corresponding Images From Publications on a Client Device - Text is extracted from a source image of a publication using an Optical Character Recognition (OCR) process. A document is generated containing text segments of the extracted text. The document includes a control module that responds to user interactions with the displayed document. Responsive to a user selection of a displayed text segment, a corresponding image segment from the source image containing the text is retrieved and rendered in place of the selected text segment. The user can select again to toggle the display back to the text segment. Each text segment can be tagged with a garbage score indicating its quality. If the garbage score of a text segment exceeds a threshold value, the corresponding image segment can be automatically displayed instead. | 05-08-2014 |
20140132625 | ACCESS TO PAPER BASED MAIL IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT - The present invention generally relates to permitting an intended recipient to access snail mail in electronic format. A third party retrieves the snail mail and then converts the snail mail into electronic files. The electronic files are then made available to the intended recipient over the internet. The electronic files are digital images of each envelope as well as the contents of each envelope. The contents are associated with the envelope from which the contents are retrieved. If desired, the intended recipient can select a desired image resolution or quality. The intended recipient can select which envelopes to view based upon the day and also based upon the class of mail. | 05-15-2014 |
20140139548 | RETAIL DIGITAL SIGNAGE - In one embodiment, a plurality of digital displays is connected to a control computer having a processor and a memory. The memory is configured to communicate with the processor and has instructions that, in response to execution by the processor, cause the processor to prepare graphics information containing an identification of a retail product and a price for the retail product. The graphics information is sent to the plurality of digital displays and the digital displays display a product description and a product price based on the graphics information. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139549 | DELIVERING VIRTUALIZED CONTENT - Techniques for delivering virtualized content are disclosed. In some embodiments, at least portions of obtained source content are mapped to one or more parameterized database objects that collectively define a model environment representing the source content. Data specifying the model environment is provided to an output device at which the source content is desired to be rendered instead of the source content to facilitate a better quality rendering at the output device than the quality of the source content. Rendered content at the output device substantially does not comprise of original data comprising the source content. | 05-22-2014 |
20140146074 | Intelligent Homescreen for Mobile Devices - An embodiment mobile device includes an environment sensing unit configured to sense parameters of an environment, a data processing unit in communication with the environment sensing unit, the data processing unit configured to compile usage statistics based previously sensed parameters of the environment and to determine if any applications correspond to the environment based on currently sensed parameters of the environment and the usage statistics stored in a memory, and a display in communication with the data processing unit, the display configured to display on a homescreen the applications that correspond to the environment. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146075 | Electronic Apparatus and Display Control Method - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a display controller, a state determination module and an area setting module. The display controller displays first information on a screen of a head-mounted display worn by a user. The state determination module determines whether the user is moving or not. The area setting module sets a first area and a second area in the screen based on a line of sight of the user if the user is moving. The display controller displays, in response to the setting of the first area and the second area, second information in the first area and deletes information displayed in the second area from the screen, the first information including the second information. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146076 | CONTOUR SEGMENTATION APPARATUS AND METHOD BASED ON USER INTERACTION - An apparatus includes an interface unit configured to provide, to a terminal, an interface supporting one or more modes, and display, on the interface, an image including a contour of a region of interest. The apparatus further includes a contour modification unit configured to modify the contour based on a mode selected by a user from the one or more modes, and an operation performed by the user. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146077 | IDENTIFYING RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN ENTITIES - A computer-implemented method for identifying relationships between entities includes accessing a first data structure being a two-dimensional array of scalar elements (e, e | 05-29-2014 |
20140152691 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING HANDWRITTEN DOCUMENT - According to one embodiment, an electronic device includes a display controller, and a processor. The display controller displays a locus corresponding to a stroke. The processor performs one of processing of deleting a part of a first locus or processing of deleting all of the first locus, based on a vertical width and a horizontal width which correspond to the first locus. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152692 | MEDICAL IMAGE SYSTEM - Disclosed is a medical image system including a medical image management apparatus including a storage unit, a plurality of client terminals and an image generation apparatus. The medical image management apparatus be on standby for import of a medical image when an image import instruction is received from each of the plurality of client terminals, and the medical image management apparatus includes a control unit which stores the medical image in the storage unit and thereafter cancels the standby for image import. In a case where the image import instruction from another client terminal is received, the control unit cancels the standby for image import that is based on the image import instruction from one client terminal when a predetermined condition is fulfilled. | 06-05-2014 |
20140160148 | Context-Based Image Customization - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving information associated with an image. Information regarding a viewing context for displaying the image may be received. The viewing context may comprise one or more factors, including, by way of example and not limitation: technical specifications for a display device, a physical environment of the display device, a state of the display device, and user preferences. Customization of the image may comprise modifying any aspect of the image, over the whole image, or just a portion of the image, such as, by way of example and not limitation: luminance, chrominance, resolution, etc. The image is customized with respect to the viewing context, and then the customized image is provided for display. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160149 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTABLE AVATARS - There is disclosed a system and method of providing adaptable avatars. In an embodiment, the method comprises: designing an avatar with components for a first service environment; saving the avatar components; retrieving the avatar components from a second service environment; and rendering a new version of that avatar for the second service environment using the saved avatar components. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160150 | REMOTE COLLABORATIVE DIAGNOSIS METHOD AND SYSTEM USING SERVER-BASED MEDICAL IMAGE SHARING SCHEME - Disclosed are a server-based medical image sharing method and system. The system provides a first medical image requested by a first viewer to the first viewer and receives information about a second user with whom the first medical image will be shared by the first viewer; The system provides the first medical image to a second viewer based on the information about the second user; When a user input related to an operation of the first medical image is received from any one of the first and second viewers, the system processes the first medical image, and generate a second medical image related to the first medical image. The system provides the generated second medical image to the first and second viewers. | 06-12-2014 |
20140168254 | Using Genetic Algorithm to Design 2-Dimensional Procedural Patterns - Selection of an area of an image can be received. Selection of a subset of a plurality of predefined patterns may be received. A plurality of patterns can be generated. At least one generated pattern in the plurality of patterns may be based at least in part on one or more predefined patterns in the subset. Selection of another subset of patterns may be received. At least one pattern in the other subset of patterns may be selected from the plurality of predefined patterns and/or the generated patterns. Another plurality of patterns can be generated. At least one generated pattern in this plurality of patterns may be based at least on part on one or more patterns in the other subset. Selection of a generated pattern from the generated other plurality of patterns may be received. The selected area of the image may be populated with the selected generated pattern. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168255 | Device and Method for Processing Notification Data - A method of generating display objects comprises operating a processor to: detect an occurrence of an event; define a display time associated with a predefined duration following the occurrence of the event; generate a first display object for display for by a display device for the predefined duration, wherein the first display object is representative of the detected event; output the first display object on the display device; generate a second display object for display by a display device for the predefined duration, wherein the second display object is indicative of the display time; output the second display object on the display device; and update the second display object based on an elapsed time of the predefined duration. A device and executable computer program for performing the steps of the method is also provided. | 06-19-2014 |
20140176598 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - An apparatus comprising:
| 06-26-2014 |
20140176599 | DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - There is provided a display control system including a plurality of display units, an imaging unit configured to capture a subject, a predictor configured to predict an action of the subject according to a captured image captured by the imaging unit, a guide image generator configured to generate a guide image that guides the subject according to a prediction result from the predictor, and a display controller configured to, on the basis of the prediction result from the predictor, select a display unit capable of displaying an image at a position corresponding to the subject from the plurality of display units, and to control the selected display unit to display the guide image at the position corresponding to the subject. | 06-26-2014 |
20140184636 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A relatively higher resolution digitized image ( | 07-03-2014 |
20140204115 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY AND DYNAMICALLY VARYING THE FEEDBACK TO ANY OPERATOR BY AN AUTOMATED SYSTEM - A system and method for adaptively operating an automated system is provided. one or more of a state of the automated system and a state of an operator of the automated system is estimated, in a processor and, based on one or both of the estimated state of the automated system and the estimated state of the operator, the interaction between the automated system and the operator is varied. The interaction may be varied by at least one or more of rendering, on one or more displays, data representative of one or more automated processes being implemented in the automated system, generating aural sounds representative of one or more automated processes being implemented in the automated system, and generating, in the automated system, feedback requests that require the operator to supply one or more inputs to the automated system. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204116 | RENDERING A MAP USING STYLE IDENTIFIERS - A computing device receives, via a communication network, map data including (i) a description of geometries of map features and (ii) a first description of visual characteristics defined separately and independently of the description of the geometries. The computing device applies the visual characteristics to the geometries to render a first digital map. The computing device then receives, via the communication network, a second description of visual characteristics for application to the geometries previously provided to the computing device as part of the map data, and applies the second visual characteristics to the previously received geometries of the plurality of map features to render a second digital map. | 07-24-2014 |
20140210852 | Wearable Electronic Device and Display Method - A wearable electronic device and a display method are described. The wearable electronic device includes a fix unit, by which the wearable electronic device can maintain a position relationship with respect to a first part of a user body; a detection unit, configured to detect a posture of the first part of the user body, and to acquire a detection result; a posture determination unit, configured to determine whether the detection result meets a predetermined acquisition condition; a first acquisition unit, configured to acquire weather information when the posture determination unit determines that the detection result meets a predetermined acquisition condition; an image generation unit, configured to generate a weather image corresponding to the weather information; and a display unit, configured to display the weather information and/or the weather image. | 07-31-2014 |
20140218391 | GRAPHICALLY MANAGING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS - One or more devices may receive information associated with multiple electronic communications intended for a user; identify attributes of the multiple electronic communications; determine, based on the attributes, display data for displaying representations of multiple electronic communications; and cause, based on the display data, the representations of the, multiple electronic communications to be displayed as a graphical display of icons arranged in a particular graphical structure in which the icons are connected via links. The icon may correspond to the representation of an electronic communication. The icon may be presented within the graphical display to visually indicate, to the user, an attribute of the electronic communication. | 08-07-2014 |
20140218392 | INTELLIGENT ADJUSTMENT OF MAP VIEWPORTS AT LAUNCH - A method of selectively displaying maps on a mobile device. The method sends a map application, which had been displaying a first map, to the background. The method then returns the map application to the foreground. The method then determines whether to redisplay the previous map or display a map surrounding the then current location of the device. The determination is based on various factors including user interaction, time that the map application has been in the background and distance traveled while the map application is in the background. | 08-07-2014 |
20140218393 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal including a wireless communication unit configured to wirelessly communicate with at least one other terminal; a memory configured to store a material texture assigned to a type of an application executed on the mobile terminal; a display unit configured to display screen information having the material texture assigned to the type of the application executed on the mobile terminal; and a controller configured to receive an input on the displayed screen information, and apply a visually changing textural effect to the displayed screen information that corresponds to the material texture assigned to the type of the application. | 08-07-2014 |
20140240344 | DISPLAY DEVICE WITH AUTOMATIC VIEWING ANGLE CONTROL - A system of automatically changing a viewing angle of a display device based on a determination of content confidentiality includes a display device, an auditing application, and a privacy filter control. The auditing application is configured to analyze content to be displayed on the display device for confidentiality indicators. The privacy filter control is configured to automatically change a current viewing angle of the display device from a first viewing angle to a second viewing angle that is less than the first viewing angle when the content includes at least one confidentiality indicator and the current viewing angle of the display device is the first viewing angle. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240345 | METHOD OF PROCESSING A VIEWPORT WITHIN LARGE FORMAT IMAGERY - A method of processing a viewport within an image arranged as a matrix of tiles from a container file is provided. The method includes receiving a request to read data of the viewport starting from a point of origin of the viewport, the viewport having a pixel width and a pixel height, the viewport being a portion of an image that is stored in a record within the file container; computing column numbers or row numbers, or both, of the tiles containing the viewport; and reading in parallel or asynchronously each row or each column of tiles containing the viewport. | 08-28-2014 |
20140267379 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO REPLACE COMPS WITH ASSETS - A method includes the steps of: providing a computer readable non-transitory storage medium including computer readable code configured to run on a computer and to perform a process to replace a comp with a corresponding asset; running the computer readable code on the computer; selecting the comp to replace with the corresponding asset; retrieving by computer an asset file of the corresponding asset from an asset server based on an identification code of the comp; replacing by computer the comp with the asset; and redrawing by computer the drawing including the corresponding asset in place of the comp. A system to perform the method is also described. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267380 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY VIEWING A STYLE - A method includes the steps of: providing a computer readable non-transitory storage medium including a computer readable code configured to run on a computer and to perform a process to view an assignment of a style to an object of a computer drawing; selecting the style for view; choosing by computer a sample object, the sample object configured to visually demonstrate one or more visual properties of the style; applying by computer the style to the sample object; rendering by computer the sample object to a bit mapped image suitable for display on a computer display; and displaying by computer the pixelated image on the computer display. A system to perform the method is also described. A method to assign a child style to an object, where the child style includes one or more properties inherited from a parent style is also described. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267381 | VIDEO INTERPRETABILITY AND QUALITY ESTIMATION - According to embodiment, an interpretability and quality estimation method includes generating an interpretability or quality estimate for an image or frame using one or more feature characteristics of a reference image when a reference image associated with an image is available or partially available, and generating an interpretability or quality estimate for the image or frame using one or more feature characteristics of the image when a reference image associated with the image is not available. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267382 | EFFICIENT ROUND POINT RASTERIZATION - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a technique for improved rasterization of round points mapped into a tile space within a graphics processing pipeline. A set of candidate tiles are selected based on proximity to a round point. A tile within the set of candidate tiles may be rejected based on a rejection boundary. A tile may be rejected if no vertex associated with the tile is within the coverage area. Performance is improved by rejecting certain unneeded tiles that would otherwise be included in conventional rasterization. One embodiment advantageously enlists line drawing circuitry to determine whether a given tile intersects the coverage area. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267383 | Systems and Methods for Obtaining a Digital Wallpaper - Systems and methods are provided for controlling functions associated with a back housing ( | 09-18-2014 |
20140267384 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus for displaying at least one image and a control method thereof are provided. The control method includes storing the at least one image; determining an image arrangement condition for arranging the at least one image; arranging the at least one image and displaying the at least one arranged image under the image arrangement condition; and displaying an arrangement condition list including at least one index in the image arrangement condition. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267385 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAYING METHOD - In a computerized method for displaying images of an electronic device having a display, operations to an image displayed on the display are detected. Data of the operations to the first image is acquired and recorded in a storage of the electronic device. When the first image is operated to display again, the first image is processed according to the recorded data of the operations to the first image, and the processed first image is then displayed via the display. | 09-18-2014 |
20140285512 | ALTERNATE VISUAL PRESENTATIONS - Embodiments of a system and methods for presenting alternate visual presentations of physical objects on display devices are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a device may discover a set of objects present in an environment, each object in the set supporting at least one alternate visual presentation of the object. The device, or the user of the device, may then choose an object from the set of discovered objects, and choose at least one alternate visual presentation associated with the chosen object. The device may then display to the user the chosen alternate visual presentations of the chosen object. | 09-25-2014 |
20140292803 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR GENERATING MIXED VIDEO AND THREE-DIMENSIONAL DATA TO REDUCE STREAMING BANDWIDTH - A system, method, and computer program product for generating mixed video data and three-dimensional data to reduce streaming bandwidth is disclosed. The method includes the steps of receiving graphics data that represents a plurality of graphic objects, selecting a first subset of graphic objects from the plurality of graphic objects to be rendered by a client device, transmitting the first subset of graphic objects to the client device, rendering a second subset of graphic objects from the plurality of graphic objects to generate image data for a frame of video, and transmitting the image data to the client device. The client device is configured to render the first subset of graphic objects to generate additional image data and combine the additional image data with the image data to generate a combined image for display. | 10-02-2014 |
20140300628 | TILE-BASED COMPRESSION AND DECOMPRESSION FOR GRAPHIC APPLICATIONS - Systems and method for tile-based compression are disclosed. Image data, such as a frame, may be divided into tiles. The tiles may be sized based on a size of a line buffer. Tiles are compressed and decompressed individually. As portions of the image frame are updated, corresponding updated tiles may be compressed and stored. Likewise, as tiles are accessed they may be de-compressed and streamed to a requesting device. In some embodiments, a decoder operable to decompress tiles may be interposed between a memory device and a requesting device. Data encoding one or more compressed tiles may be grouped to enable decompression at a rate of four pixels per clock cycle. Methods for compressing image data including both RGB and RGBα components are disclosed. | 10-09-2014 |
20140300629 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, HANDWRITTEN DOCUMENT PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - According to one embodiment, an electronic device includes a display processor and a processor. The display processor is configured to display strokes handwritten on a screen. The processor is configured to divide strokes into a first stroke group corresponding to pre-defined objects and a second stroke group that does not correspond to pre-defined objects. The display processor is configured to display at least one object corresponding to the first stroke group and at least one line corresponding to the second stroke group on the screen after displaying the first stroke group and the second stroke group. | 10-09-2014 |
20140306986 | Identifying Content in Electronic Images - In one embodiment, a method includes accessing an electronic image comprising a surface area and dividing the electronic image into a plurality of surfaces. The method further includes determining that one or more of the surfaces comprise a type of graphics, and determining a percentage of the surface area of the image that is occupied by the one or more surfaces determined to comprise the type of graphics. | 10-16-2014 |
20140306987 | Methods and Systems for Visualizing and Ranking Connected Media Content - A novel form of visualizing and viewing media in text, image, audio, and video format is introduced in which media with interconnected relationships benefit from visualizing and ranking techniques and systems. A method can include organizing media stored on a plurality of nodes, the media being contextually connected based on time, story, character, or other criteria derived automatically through metadata and/or analysis, or generated manually by content creators or users. The method can also include generating one or more images of the nodes based on at least one parameter related to a user. The image(s) of the nodes can illustrate connections between the nodes, and can be generated based on datasets selected by the user, a desired level of detail selected by the user, or a prioritized set of nodes most relevant to the user. The nodes can provide links to view and watch media in text, image, and video format, and can be augmented by social commentary, connection, sharing, and e-commerce. | 10-16-2014 |
20140306988 | SYSTEM FOR REPLACING A CURSOR IMAGE IN CONNECTION WITH DISPLAYING ADVERTISING CONTENT - A system for displaying advertising content includes a client computer having a display device, a processor, a network interface, and a graphical user interface including a cursor. The client computer is arranged to receive advertising content data from a remote computer via the network interface. The advertising content data includes cursor display data for displaying a promotional image. The processor is coupled to the display device and modifies the cursor in accordance with the promotional image in response to a predetermined event. The promotional image may include elements such as animation, a satellite image, a sprite image, promotional text, and a combination thereof. | 10-16-2014 |
20140313219 | DISPLAY OF PHOTOGRAPHIC ATTRIBUTES RELATED TO A GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION - A display is created relating to photography done by a camera. A first coverage zone is determined for at least one of the following: a current photograph, or a first past photograph. A data set is generated corresponding to the display, with the display including at least a portion of the first coverage zone. At least the determining step is performed by at least one processor. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313220 | CONSTRAINED VIRTUAL CAMERA CONTROL - A method is described that includes receiving, from a first device, input used to select a first object in a computer-generated environment. The first device has at least two degrees of freedom with which to control the selection of the first object. The method also includes removing, in response to the selection of the first object, at least two degrees of freedom previously available to a second device used to manipulating a second object in the computer-generated environment. The removed degrees of freedom correspond to the at least two degrees of freedom of the first device and specify an orientation of the second object relative to the selected first object. Additionally, the method includes receiving, from the second device, input including movements within the reduced degrees of freedom used to manipulate a position of the second object while maintaining the specified orientation relative to the selected first object. | 10-23-2014 |
20140320524 | Image Display Apparatus, Image Display Method, And Information Storage Medium - Provided is an image display apparatus capable of allowing a user to easily recognize an image belonging to a group. A library view image classifying unit ( | 10-30-2014 |
20140340419 | Use of Map Data Difference Tiles to Iteratively Provide Map Data to a Client Device - To provide map data for rendering map images corresponding to a selected geographic region at a client device, a map server generates a set of base map tiles having vector descriptors, each of which indicates a geometry of a respective map element, in accordance with a non-raster format for rendering a first map image. The map server, at some point, provides the base map tiles to the client device. Upon receiving an indication that a specific map image for the selected geographic region is to be rendered at the client device, the map server further generates a set of difference map tiles that indicate changes to be made to the set of base map tiles and sends the difference map tiles to the client device for use, along with the set of base map tiles, in rendering the requested specific map image. | 11-20-2014 |
20140340420 | HYBRID DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAYING METHOD THEREOF - Provided is a display device including a pixel array configured to include a reflective pixel unit including one or more reflective sub pixels and an emissive pixel unit including one or more emissive sub pixels, wherein the reflective pixel unit and the emissive pixel unit are combined to allow the reflective sub pixel and the emissive sub pixel to be included in one coordinate; an image determination circuit configured to generate a determination signal according to a characteristic of an image; a gate driver configured to generate a gating signal for activating at least one of the reflective sub pixel and the emissive sub pixel in one coordinate based on to the generated determination signal; and a data driver configured to provide a driving signal to the pixel array by referring to image data and the generated gating signal. | 11-20-2014 |
20140340421 | EFFICIENT COMPOSITION AND RENDERING OF GRAPHICAL ELEMENTS - To provide map data for rendering map images corresponding to a selected geographic region at a client device, a map server generates a set of base map tiles having vector descriptors, each of which indicates a geometry of a respective map element, in accordance with a non-raster format for rendering a first map image. The map server, at some point, provides the base map tiles to the client device. Upon receiving an indication that a specific map image for the selected geographic region is to be rendered at the client device, the map server further generates a set of difference map tiles that indicate changes to be made to the set of base map tiles and sends the difference map tiles to the client device for use, along with the set of base map tiles, in rendering the requested specific map image. The client device renders the new map view defined by the difference map tiles without needing to again pre-process all of the features or elements defined in the base map tiles, which makes the rendering of the new map view defined by the difference map tiles faster and more efficient in terms of processing power requirements. | 11-20-2014 |
20140347386 | IMAGE EFFECT EXTRACTION - Techniques are disclosed for facilitating the sharing of digital imaging effects from an image originator to an image recipient. A digital imaging effect is the result of a processing technique that is applied to a digital image in a way that produces a particular visual effect. The processing techniques that underlie digital imaging effects such as these can be defined by parameters that establish how the individual pixels comprising the image are manipulated to achieve the desired visual effect. In certain embodiments such defining parameters can be incorporated into a digital image file that thus contains not only data defining the image itself, but also parameters that define one or more effects that may have been applied to the image. This advantageously allows a recipient of the digital image file to not only view the image, but also to use the incorporated parameters to apply the effect to other images. | 11-27-2014 |
20140354680 | Methods and Devices for Generating Display Data - Methods of generating display objects for output on a display of an electronic device are provided. One method for generating display objects pertaining to a set of information data items associated with a first set of display rules comprises: operating a processor to identify a context of an electronic device; update the first set of display rules in accordance with the identified context; and output, on a display of the electronic device, display objects pertaining to the set of information data items in accordance with the updated display rules. A method for outputting actionable display objects on a display of an electronic device comprises operating a processor to: output the actionable display objects; identify a context of the electronic device; and update the actionable display objects in accordance with the identified context. There are also devices configured to perform these methods. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354681 | Absolute Phase Measurement with Secondary Pattern-Embedded Fringe - Multiple images of a scene are captured while a phase-shifted fringe embedded with a secondary pattern is projected onto the scene. A wrapped phase map is generated based on the captured images, and a continuous region mask is determined to segment the wrapped phase map into multiple continuous regions. A period disparity of the fringe is determined for each region based at least in part on the embedded secondary pattern, and the regional period disparities are applied to a spatially unwrapped phase map to produce an absolute phase map and finally a depth map. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354682 | METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING GRAPHICS - A tile-based graphics processing pipeline that uses primitive lists that can encompass plural rendering tiles includes a primitive list reading unit that reads primitive lists for a tile being rendered to determine primitives to be processed for the tile and a rasteriser that rasterises input primitives to generate graphics fragments to be processed. The pipeline further comprises a comparison unit between the primitive list reading unit and the rasteriser that for primitives that have been read from primitive lists that include plural rendering tiles, compares the location of the primitive in the render target to the location of the tile being rendered, and then either sends the primitive onwards to the rasteriser if the comparison determines that the primitive could lie at least partially within the tile, or does not send the primitive to the rasteriser if the comparison determines that the primitive definitely does not lie within the tile. | 12-04-2014 |
20140368532 | VIRTUAL OBJECT ORIENTATION AND VISUALIZATION - A method and apparatus for the creation of a perspective-locked virtual object having in world space. The virtual object may be consumed) by another user with a consumption device at a location, position, and orientation which is the same as, or proximate to, the location, position, and orientation where the virtual object is created. Objects may have one, few or many allowable consumption locations, positions, and orientations defined by its creator | 12-18-2014 |
20140368533 | MULTI-SPACE CONNECTED VIRTUAL DATA OBJECTS - A see-through head mounted display apparatus includes a display and a processor. The processor determines geo-located positions of points of interest within a field of view and generates markers indicating information regarding an associated real world object is available to the user. Markers are rendered in the display relative to the geo-located position and the field of view of the user. When a user selects a marker though a user gesture, the device displays a near-field virtual object having a visual tether to the marker simultaneously with the marker. The user may interact with the marker to view, add or delete information associated with the point of interest. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368534 | CONCURRENT OPTIMAL VIEWING OF VIRTUAL OBJECTS - A see through head mounted display apparatus includes code performing a method of choosing and optimal viewing location and perspective for shared-view virtual objects rendered for multiple users in a common environment. Multiple objects and multiple users are taken into account in determining the optimal, common viewing location. The technology allows each user to have a common view if the relative position of the object in the environment. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368535 | HYBRID WORLD/BODY LOCKED HUD ON AN HMD - A system and method are disclosed for displaying virtual objects in a mixed reality environment in a way that is optimal and most comfortable for a user to interact with the virtual objects. When a user is not focused on the virtual object, which may be a heads-up display, or HUD, the HUD may remain body locked to the user. As such, the user may explore and interact with a mixed reality environment presented by the head mounted display device without interference from the HUD. When a user wishes to view and/or interact with the HUD, the user may look at the HUD. At this point, the HUD may change from a body locked virtual object to a world locked virtual object. The user is then able to view and interact with the HUD from different positions and perspectives of the HUD. | 12-18-2014 |
20150009230 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS CAPABLE OF DISPLAYING LIST OF IMAGES CORRESPONDING TO CONTENTS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A display control apparatus capable of promptly displaying a list of images corresponding to respective contents such that a user can quickly identify the images. The display control apparatus acquires data items of the respective contents or reduced images corresponding to the respective contents, and generates a list screen using the acquired data items or reduced images. The display control apparatus generates the list screen using display objects predetermined in association with attributes of the contents, respectively, before the data items or the reduced images are acquired. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009231 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is an information processing device including an obtaining section configured to obtain a commonly-displayed object which is commonly displayed before and after a display state is updated, a layout determination section configured to determine a display position of the commonly-displayed object on a display screen after an operation of changing the display state based on a direction of the operation, and an image generating section configured to generate a display image including the commonly-displayed object at the determined display position. | 01-08-2015 |
20150015602 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVE DETERMINATION OF POINT CLOUDS - A computer-implemented method is provided. The method may include receiving or identifying a first point cloud associated with a train-time object or model. The method may further include selecting one or more probes associated with the first point cloud wherein selection of the one or more probes is based upon, at least in part, a score of a particular feature associated with the first point cloud. The method may also include analyzing a second point cloud associated with a run-time object, wherein the analysis is based upon the first point cloud. This analysis may produce an estimate of the difference in pose between the train time object and the run time object. Pose estimates may be obtained by matching points between the two point clouds based in part on features used during probe selection. Pose estimates may be scored, and refined, using the points selected as probes. | 01-15-2015 |
20150035853 | Partial Tile Rendering - In accordance with some embodiments, partial rendering of non-changing or slowly changing frame tiles allows the graphics processing unit to spend less time processing non-changing or slowly changing portions of each frame, saving power and creating more room for performance in some embodiments. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035854 | GRAPHICAL RENDERING WITH IMPLICIT SURFACES - Techniques are described for rendering objects formed by implicit surfaces using ray-tracing, where each implicit surface is defined by a surface equation. The techniques utilize presence of real-roots to determine which implicit surfaces are intersected by a ray. If all implicit surfaces classified as uncomplemented surfaces intersect the ray, and none of the implicit surfaces classified as completed surfaces intersect the ray, the techniques determine a maximum from among a set of real-root values of the surface equations for the uncomplemented surfaces to determine an intersection point of the ray. The techniques utilize the intersection point for further processing such as per-pixel color and depth processing. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035855 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND IMAGE REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND METHOD - Provided is a method of controlling an electronic apparatus. The method includes: generating a focus map that indicates focus values of a plurality of blocks defined by splitting a field; continuously capturing a plurality of images corresponding to the focus values in the focus map; and storing the plurality of images, focus value information of each of the plurality of images, and focus value information of the field. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035856 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD USING THE SAME - Provided are a display apparatus and a display method using the same. The display method includes displaying a screen for inputting a viewing restriction condition for contents that are divided into a plurality of sections and have different pieces of section information according to the sections; and displaying the contents, when the viewing restriction condition is input, in a state where viewing of a section corresponding to the viewing restriction condition in the plurality of sections is restricted. | 02-05-2015 |
20150042674 | INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present invention discloses an electronic device and an information processing method in the electronic device. The electronic device comprises a flexible display unit on which a first content is displayed. The method comprises: detecting whether a preset deformation of the flexible display unit occurs; and when the preset deformation of the flexible display unit occurs, displaying a second content which may or may not be related to the first content on the flexible display unit. | 02-12-2015 |
20150054849 | PRODUCT MODELING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A product modeling system and method are provided. On one embodiment, the product modeling system is used to model a piece of apparel, such as a shirt, with a design wherein the model with the design is used to display the piece of apparel with the design to a consumer. | 02-26-2015 |
20150062154 | GRAPHICS PROCESSING SYSTEMS - When processing a set of tiles to generate an output in a tile based graphics processing pipeline, the pipeline, for one or more tiles of the set of tiles, renders one or more render targets containing data to be used in a processing operation ( | 03-05-2015 |
20150070382 | SYSTEM TO ACCOUNT FOR IRREGULAR DISPLAY SURFACE PHYSICS - This disclosure is directed to a system to account for irregular display surface physics. In one embodiment, an example device may comprise a display including at least one curved surface on which content may be presented. The content may be presented based at least on simulated physical behavior associated with the curved surface. For example, the device may determine the display surface configuration, determine the simulated physical behavior in the content and present the content based at least on these determinations. The content may then appear to behave in accordance with the physics of the curved surface. The device may also comprise sensors to determine at least one of device or environmental condition such as, for example, gravitational force direction, device motion, etc. The device may then take into account the physical behavior associated with the curved surface in view of sensed device or environmental condition when presenting the content. | 03-12-2015 |
20150084982 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING AN OUTPUT SURFACE FROM ONE OR MORE INPUT SURFACES IN DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS - In a data processing system, an output surface, such as frame to be displayed, is generated as a plurality of respective regions with each respective region of the output surface being generated from a respective region or regions of one or more input surfaces. When a new version of the output surface is to be generated | 03-26-2015 |
20150084983 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING AN OUTPUT SURFACE FROM ONE OR MORE INPUT SURFACES IN DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS - In a data processing system, an output surface, such as frame to be displayed, is generated as a plurality of respective regions with each respective region of the output surface being generated from a respective region or regions of one or more input surfaces. When a new version of the output surface is to be generated | 03-26-2015 |
20150084984 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - To improve the usability of an electronic device, the electronic device includes: a first camera provided to a main unit, a second camera provided to the main unit at a different location form the first camera, a first orientation detection sensor configured to detect an orientation of the main unit, and a control unit configured to carry out image capturing by the first and second cameras depending on a detection result of the first orientation detection sensor. | 03-26-2015 |
20150097857 | Selective Rasterization - According to one embodiment, a given tile, made up of pixels or samples, may be of any shape, including a square shape. These pixels may contain colors, depths, stencil values, and other values. Each tile may be further augmented with a single bit, referred to herein as a render bit. In one embodiment, if the render bit is one, then everything is rendered as usual within the tile. However, if the render bit is zero, then nothing is rasterized to this tile and, correspondingly, depth tests, pixel shading, frame buffer accesses, and multi-sampled anti-aliasing (MSAA) resolves are not done for this tile. In other embodiments, some operations may be done nevertheless, but at least one operation is avoided based on the render bit. Of course, the render bits may be switched such that the bit zero indicates that everything should be rendered and the bit one indicates more limited rendering. | 04-09-2015 |
20150109327 | RENDERING A MODELED SCENE - Techniques for rendering a modeled scene are disclosed. In some embodiments, a database comprising locally available generic object definitions is maintained at a destination device at which a scene is desired to be rendered. A scene is rendered by configuring one or more locally available generic object definitions obtained from the database according to a received specification of a modeled scene, wherein rendering is constrained to rendering locally available objects whose definitions are included in the database. | 04-23-2015 |
20150116347 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR OUTPUTTING DATA IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device includes an external cover connector connected to a display unit of an external cover; and a controller configured to change first information of data selected to be displayed on the display unit of the external cover to second information for the display unit of the external cover; and output the data with the second information to the display unit of the external cover while the external cover attached to the electronic device is closed over the electronic device. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116348 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING WALLPAPER - The disclosure provides a method and device for processing wallpaper. The method comprises: acquiring the position information of a mobile terminal; judging whether to replace wallpaper displayed by the mobile terminal with a content corresponding to preset position information or not according to the acquired position information and the preset position information; and displaying the content corresponding to the preset position information as the wallpaper based on that a judgment result is positive. By the disclosure, the problem of poor user experience when a user of the mobile terminal uses the wallpaper or a theme in the prior art is solved, and effects of automatically replacing the wallpaper and meeting diversified and personalized requirements of the user are further achieved. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116349 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - According to an embodiment, an image display apparatus includes a detection unit, a generation unit, and a display control unit. The detection unit detects areas to be focused in an input image. The generation unit generates a sub image by performing correction for improving visibility on an image of the detected area. The correction includes at least one of size correction for adjusting size of the image of the area, color correction for adjusting color of the image of the area, and distortion correction for transforming the image of the area so as to be an image acquired by viewing the image of the area from the front side. The display control unit displays the generated sub image on a display device together with the input image in a form that accompanies a screen representation representing a correspondence relation with the area. | 04-30-2015 |
20150123989 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus that displays an image on the basis of input image signals corresponding to sub-pixels forming one pixel includes a shift-amount storing unit that stores shift amounts of display positions of the sub-pixels relative to given reference positions in a display image, an image-signal correcting unit that corrects the input image signals according to the shift amounts, and an image display unit that displays an image on the basis of the image signals corrected by the image-signal correcting unit. | 05-07-2015 |
20150145886 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - In an information processing apparatus, a map view is displayed. On the map view, an image which includes a thumbnail image of an image to be incorporated in a content and identification information added to the thumbnail image is applied as a processing section. Thumbnail images of images which are determined as a link source and a link destination by a link setting for image switching when a display area satisfies a link condition are connected to each other by a line. Further, an order of images between which an image is to be successively switched by an image forward feeding operation is defined by an array of thumbnail images in a sequence setting column. Further, the images are coupled using a dotted line or the like so as to represent a preceding-succeeding relationship thereof. A thumbnail image of an image or a line is operated to update a link setting file and a sequence setting file. | 05-28-2015 |
20150294439 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROJECTION DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, an information processing device includes a distance information acquisition unit, an operation detector and an updating unit. The distance information acquisition unit acquires distance information relating to a distance to an object. The object includes at least a portion of a projection surface where an image is projected. The operation detector detects an operation performed by an indicator. The detecting is based on a reference distance and the distance information. The updating unit updates the reference distance based on a temporal change of the detected operation and a temporal change of the acquired distance information. | 10-15-2015 |
20150317834 | DETERMINING COORDINATE FRAMES IN A DYNAMIC ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments are disclosed for methods and systems of distinguishing movements of features in a physical environment. For example, on a head-mounted display device, one embodiment of a method includes obtaining a representation of real-world features in two or more coordinate frames and obtaining motion data from one or more sensors external to the head-mounted display device. The method further includes distinguishing features in one coordinate frame from features in another coordinate frame based upon the motion data. | 11-05-2015 |
20150324981 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE PROVIDNG A BIOEFFECT IMAGE - An electronic device includes a processor configured to control an operation of the electronic device, a memory device coupled to the processor, where the memory device is configured to operate as a main memory of the electronic device, and a display device coupled to the processor, where the display device is configured to display an original image based on first image data for the original image at a first frame, and to display a bioeffect image based on second image data for the bioeffect image at a second frame. | 11-12-2015 |
20150324987 | Methods and Systems for Matching Graphics - A method for matching graphics for an electronic device includes: receiving a connection of at least one merchant device via a network, wherein the merchant device is connected to a manage platform on the electronic device; receiving a plurality of secondary object graphics from the merchant device; receiving a connection of at least one user device via a network, wherein the user device is connected to the manage platform on the electronic device; and providing the secondary object graphics for the user device to fit the secondary object graphics on a primary object graphic. | 11-12-2015 |
20150346817 | PHYSIOLOGICALLY BASED ADAPTIVE IMAGE GENERATION - A system, computer-readable medium, and method are provided for generating images based on adaptations of the human visual system. An input image is received, an effect provoking change is received, and an afterimage resulting from a cumulative effect of human visual adaptation is computed based on the effect provoking change and a per-photoreceptor type physiological adaptation of the human visual system. The computed afterimage may include a bleaching afterimage effect and/or a local adaptation afterimage effect. The computed afterimage is then accumulated into an output image for display. | 12-03-2015 |
20150356732 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD - Provided is a technique which can easily identify a plurality of radiological images when the plurality of radiological images are displayed so as to be switched. A display control unit displays a plurality of radiological images, such as the latest breast image and a past breast image, on a display unit so as to be switched. An identification information display unit displays, on the display unit, identification information for identifying a radiological image which is being displayed on the display unit and radiological images other than the radiological image which is being displayed. A display position control unit controls the display position of the identification information such that the identification information is moved in the vicinity of, for example, an area of interest. | 12-10-2015 |
20150367227 | INTERACTION OF VIDEO PROJECTION AND EFFECTS LIGHTING WITH BOWLING SCORING SYSTEM AND METHODS OF USE - Interactive bowling systems using scoring systems and/or other computer infrastructures which interact with visual and/or audio effects within the bowling center. A special effects system includes a special effects system which displays images or effects covering a masking wall over an entire width of bowling lanes or portions thereof in a bowling center to provide a global effect within the bowling center. The special effects system further includes a video mask system which has a bidirectional communication with a management system and a scoring system, the video mask system directing the special effects systems to display a special effects on the masking wall over the entire width of the bowling lanes or portions thereof. | 12-24-2015 |
20150378601 | Touch-Sensitive Display Method and Apparatus - An example method includes associating a first area of a non-display area of a touch-sensitive display with a first control, wherein a touch associated with the first control results in moving an indicator through the information in a first direction and in a second direction. The method may also include associating a second area of the non-display area with a second control, wherein a touch associated with the second control results in moving the indicator through the information in the first direction and in the second direction. The method may also include detecting a first touch associated with the first control, in response to detecting the first touch, moving the indicator in the first direction, detecting a second touch associated with the second control, and in response to detecting the second touch, moving the indicator in the first direction. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379392 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND NON-TRANSITORY RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An information processing system, a server, a user terminal, an information processing method, and a program capable of effectively realizing psychological exchanges among users is provided. A user terminal | 12-31-2015 |
20150379671 | FORWARD LATE PREDICTIVE RENDERING IN A GRAPHICS SYSTEM - A graphics processing operation may include a set of render target operations, in which render targets are read and one or more intermediate computations are performed before generating final render target output. A method of performing graphics processing includes determining a dependency between render targets and defining a scheduling of tiles to reduce or eliminate a need to write intermediate computations to external memory. An interleaved order may be determined to maintain intermediate computations of dependent render target operations in an on-chip cache hierarchy. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379730 | SAMPLING, FAULT MANAGEMENT, AND/OR CONTEXT SWITCHING VIA A COMPUTE PIPELINE - Apparatuses, systems, and methods may sample a texture, manage a page fault, and/or switch a context associated with the page fault. A three-dimensional (3D) graphics pipeline may provide texture sample location data corresponding to a texture, wherein sampling of the texture is to be executed external to the 3D graphics pipeline. A compute pipeline may execute sampling of the texture utilizing the texture sample location data and provide texture sample result data corresponding to the texture, wherein the 3D graphics pipeline may composite a frame utilizing the texture sample result data. The compute pipeline may manage a page fault, wherein the page fault and/or management of the page fault may be hidden from a graphics application. In addition, the compute pipeline may switch a compute context associated with the page fault to allow a graphics task not associated with the page fault to be executed and/or to prevent a stall. | 12-31-2015 |
20160005190 | Image Processing Method for Transparent Display System - An image processing method of a transparent display system includes providing the transparent display system, where the transparent display system includes an image processor and a transparent display panel. The image processor receives an input image. The image processor enhances the chroma of the image according to a predetermined weighting value to produce an enhanced chroma image. The image processor sharpens the contour of the image to produce a sharpened image data. The image processor adds the enhanced chroma image to the sharpened image data to produce an adjusted image. The transparent display panel displays the adjusted image. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005205 | SMART ERASER TO ERASE DIGITAL STROKES - Embodiments of the present invention provide systems, methods, and computer storage media directed to a smart eraser. As such, a particular drawing stroke on a canvas or background can be erased without erasing other strokes overlapping with the eraser path. In some implementations, smart eraser functionality can be triggered by beginning an eraser path at a point that coincides with the stroke to which the smart eraser functionality is to be applied. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005385 | RESPONSE TO USER INPUT BASED ON DECLARATIVE MAPPINGS - Systems and methods are provided that enable direct response to user input, e.g., in accordance with storyboards. For instance, applications can predefine storyboards which describe output in terms of received input. The predefined storyboards can be used externally and independently from the applications to process user input on behalf of the applications. | 01-07-2016 |
20160019674 | Transforming Sensory Representations - A computer-implemented method and apparatus for modifying an entity sensory representation. An entity sensory representation representing an entity is received. The entity sensory representation comprises a plurality of sensory representations that represent a plurality of items that are part of the entity. Each of the plurality of items is associated with a set of values for a set of measurable factors of interest. A set of scale factors is calculated for each of the plurality of sensory representations based on the set of values associated with the each of the plurality of items. The plurality of sensory representations is modified using the set of scale factors to form a plurality of modified sensory representations that establish a relative relationship between the plurality of items represented by the plurality of modified sensory representations with respect to the set of measurable factors of interest. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019704 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING POINT OF INTEREST - A method and apparatus for displaying a point of interest. In the embodiments of the present invention, by means of acquiring a location of a target object and then determining a visible point of interest at the location as a target point of interest, the target point of interest can be displayed. Since an invisible point of interest which cannot be seen at the location of the target object is no longer displayed, but a visible point of interest which can be seen at the location of the target object is displayed, the displayed point of interest can essentially satisfy the true locating intention of a user. Therefore, the problem in the prior art of the increase in data interaction between an application and a query engine caused by the user repeatedly querying via the application can be avoided, thereby reducing the processing burden of the query engine. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019845 | Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) System and Method - A liquid crystal display (LCD) system is provided. The LCD system includes a light source and a self-contained display unit including at least a LCD panel and a light guide plate coupled together, wherein the light guide plate is configured to guide light from the light source to the LCD panel as backlight and to structurally support the LCD panel. Further, a plurality of pre-made hollow spaces are contained in the display unit configured to host components of the LCD system. The LCD system also includes a controller contained in the plurality of pre-made hollow spaces and coupled to the LCD panel to control the LCD panel such that the light passing through the light guide plate is used as backlight for operation of the LCD panel. | 01-21-2016 |
20160027195 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC GENERATION OF IMAGE DISTRIBUTIONS - A method and system for automatically producing arrangements of two-dimensional extents in a computer-based editing or animation environment is presented. The method consists of defining a set of objects having two or more dimensions automatically calculating and presenting an arrangement of send objects, and optionally iterating to produce alternative arrangements. The arrangements may use templates to guide the selection of sizes, border colors and transparency, rotation, and other attributes of the contained regions. | 01-28-2016 |
20160034050 | USER INTERFACE ADAPTATION BASED ON DETECTED USER LOCATION | 02-04-2016 |
20160034241 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR MANIPULATION OF IMAGES ON TILED DISPLAYS - In accordance with some embodiments of the inventions, a display system is disclosed for manipulation of images on tiled displays. The display system can include at least one discrete display device and a control module configured to allow a user to move a graphical representation of an image to a plurality of positions on the at least one discrete display device to thereby define a requested position. The control module can be configured to determine a difference between the requested position and a plurality of predetermined positions on the at least one discrete display device. The control module can also be configured to move and/or stretch the image toward one of the predetermined positions based on the determination of the determined difference. | 02-04-2016 |
20160034754 | AUTOGENERATING VIDEO FROM TEXT - A method of converting user-selected printed text to a synthesized image sequence is provided. The method includes capturing a first image of printed text and generating a model information associated with the text. | 02-04-2016 |
20160041616 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND GESTURE RECOGNITION METHOD - The present invention provides a display device and a control method thereof, and a gesture recognition method. The control method comprises steps of: displaying a virtual 3D control picture by a glasses-free 3D display unit, wherein a distance between the virtual 3D control picture and eyes of the user is a first distance, and the first distance is less than a distance between the glasses-free 3D display unit and the eyes of the user; acquiring, by an image acquisition unit, an image of action of touching the virtual 3D control picture by the user; judging, by a gesture recognition unit, a touch position of the user in the virtual 3D control picture according to the image acquired by the image acquisition unit, and sending a control instruction corresponding to the touch position to a corresponding execution unit. | 02-11-2016 |
20160042545 | DISPLAY CONTROLLER, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - A display controller includes a processor. The processor is adapted to generate character attribute information based on a display condition for a first application; record the generated character attribute information in a storage device; and in response to a second application being launched, obtain the character attribute information from the storage device, and change a display condition for the second application, based on the obtained character attribute information. | 02-11-2016 |
20160042546 | RETRIEVAL AND DISPLAY OF VISUAL OBJECTS - For generating one or more two-dimensional visual objects, an initial visual representation is determined (S | 02-11-2016 |
20160042716 | ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING INFORMATION RELATING TO ELECTRONIC CHART - An electronic map display device is provided. The device acquires electronic maps and displays the electronic maps, each electronic map being acquired per acquisition unit. The electronic map display device may include a map information display determiner for determining whether the electronic map is currently available per acquisition unit, and a map information display interface for displaying information relating to the electronic map per the acquisition unit depending on whether the electronic map is currently available. The map information display interface varies the exterior edge of each of the electronic maps depending on the status of the electronic map. | 02-11-2016 |
20160042722 | DYNAMIC LABEL ARRANGEMENT DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, DYNAMIC LABEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD, AND DISPLAY METHOD - A dynamic label arrangement device includes a label DB to store a set of labels, a display information DB to store information required for display of labels, a position calculator to specify a label to be displayed on a display screen from among the labels stored in the label DB, and a label display to display the label specified by the position calculator, and the position calculator determines an arrangeable range in which labels can be arranged on the basis of an arrangement change range offset stored in the display information DB, and, when the range of the display screen is changed, performs an arrangement change on a label which has become displaced outside the arrangeable range and which is stored in the above-mentioned label DB. | 02-11-2016 |
20160048942 | INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND PROGRAM - An information processing method for causing a computer to process an image, wherein the image processing method causes the computer to execute an acquisition step of acquiring the image, a first production step of producing an editing image for editing at least a portion of the image and a first changing image for changing the editing image to be output, an editing step of editing the image on the produced editing image, a second production step of producing a second changing image based on an image edited at the editing step, and an output step of outputting an output image that has at least the editing image and the second changing image. | 02-18-2016 |
20160055609 | GRAPHICS PROCESSING METHOD, SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS - A graphics processing apparatus, system, and method is provided. The graphics processing method includes separating a graphics context and graphics object from a packet; calculating a magic number of the graphics context; comparing the magic number of the graphics context with magic numbers stored in a context table, wherein each of the magic numbers corresponds to a specific graphics context; and, if the magic number of the graphics context is not found among the magic numbers in the context table, adding the graphics context to a graphics context slot of a graphics context storage, adding the graphics object to a graphics object list separate from the graphics context storage, and associating the graphics context slot with the listed graphics object. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055618 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RECIPIENT-SIDE IMAGE PROCESSING - Systems, methods, and non-transitory computer readable media configured to create, process, and/or modify images are provided. Recipient image data associated with an original image captured by a second computing system can be received by a first computing system. A first intermediate image may be generated based on the recipient image data. A first viewable image for display on the first computing system may be generated based on the first intermediate image. | 02-25-2016 |
20160062455 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS OF DISPLAY SCREEN - In a display screen brightness adjustment method, vision information of a user is obtained. A nearest distance, a longest distance, and an optimal distance between the user and the display screen are determined. An actual distance between the user and the display screen is detected. The actual distance is compared to the nearest distance, the longest distance, and the optimal distance. Then a brightness value of the display screen is calculated. Accordingly, brightness of the display screen is adjusted. | 03-03-2016 |
20160063666 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT STORAGE OF FREQUENCY VALUES FOR A DISPLAY DEVICE - A device and corresponding operational method for storing frequency values to a memory of the device, comprising an internal memory and an external memory, are provided. A frequency value in a memory cell of the internal memory is actualized by an increment or a decrement. After a specific number of increments and decrements in the memory cells of the internal memory, a maximum frequency value of the frequency values stored in the memory cells of the internal memory is determined, and the maximum frequency value is transferred to a corresponding memory cell of the external memory. The memory cell of the internal memory that contains the transferred maximum frequency value is reset. After a period, content of each memory cell of the internal and external memory is read, and each memory cell of the internal and external memory is reset. | 03-03-2016 |
20160070959 | Display System With Imaging Unit, Display Apparatus And Display Method - According to one embodiment, a display system includes an imaging unit configured to capture an image of a predetermined area; a determination unit configured to determine a number of persons existing in the area, based on the image captured by the imaging unit; and a selection unit configured to select, in accordance with a determination result in the determination unit, corresponding content data from among a plurality of content data. | 03-10-2016 |
20160078592 | DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING CURVED IMAGE THEREOF - A curved display and a method for processing an image thereof are discussed. The curved display according to an embodiment includes a display panel selectively including a flat surface and a curved surface, and a controller including a signal processor for receiving image signal information from an external system, converting the image signal information into an image signal appropriate for the display panel, and distributing the image signal to the display panel, and a curved image generator for receiving the image signal and generating a curved image signal varied to correspond to a viewer's horopter surface corresponding to a curved surface when the display panel is a curved surface. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078595 | OBJECT OPERATION SYSTEM, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING OBJECT OPERATION CONTROL PROGRAM, AND OBJECT OPERATION CONTROL METHOD - An object operation system includes a display section which can display objects thereon, an operation section which allows a user to operate an object displayed on the display section, and a control section which controls the display section and the operation section. The control section calculates display sizes of a plurality of objects displayed on the display section as operation targets, calculates statistic information about the display sizes, and determines whether the statistic information meets a criterion defined in advance. On determining that the statistic information does not meet the criterion, the control section prevents a specific operation performed through the operation section on at least one of the plurality of objects. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078648 | PHYSICAL CONNECTION OF NETWORK COMPONENTS IN A GRAPHICAL COMPUTER ENVIRONMENT WITH ONE-WAY SIGNAL PROPAGATION - A system and method for physical connection of components in a graphical modeling environment. For each component, a physical component subsystem is built by providing at least one functional block representative of a mathematical model of the component, associating one or more first unidirectional internal input ports and/or one or more first unidirectional internal output ports with the at least one functional block, and associating one or more second unidirectional internal input ports and/or one or more second unidirectional internal output ports with the at least one functional block, the physical component subsystem configured to receive first information from an upstream block through each first internal input port, output second information to a downstream block through each first internal output port, receive third information from the downstream block through each second internal input port, and output fourth information to the upstream block through each second internal output port. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078658 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA - A method of rendering an image in a display apparatus includes acquiring information about a repeated shape that represents at least a part of one or more geometric shapes included in the image and repeatedly occurs in the one or more geometric shapes; acquiring rendering information representing a method of rendering the one or more geometric shapes based on the information about the repeated shape; and rendering the one or more geometric shapes based on the information about the repeated shape and the rendering information. | 03-17-2016 |
20160110016 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - A display control device ( | 04-21-2016 |
20160110887 | Dynamic rendering of graphics - In accordance with an example aspect of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus comprising at least one processing core configured to render a dynamic graphical output, the graphical output comprising at least a first subsection and a second subsection, rank the first subsection relative to the second subsection based on at least one criterion, determine a scarcity of computational resources, and responsively, based on the ranking, reduce an update frequency of the second subsection, and a transmitter configured to provide information defining the graphical output toward a display | 04-21-2016 |
20160117852 | Enabling Consumers to Customize a Piece of Artwork - A piece of artwork defined using a vector image format can be customized by the consumer. The consumer can select patterns to be applied to the shapes of the artwork as well as manipulate the appearance of the patterns once applied to the shapes. The manipulations can include translation, rotation, scaling, and inversion of the patterns. The manipulations that a consumer makes can be recorded so that they can be reapplied to a version of the artwork having a desired size. Multiple shapes can be grouped to facilitate applying and manipulating a pattern consistently across the grouped shapes. Relative values for manipulations can be generated to facilitate applying the manipulations consistently across versions of the artwork that have different aspect ratios. | 04-28-2016 |
20160124619 | Method and Apparatus for Managing a Configurable Display Environment - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided in order to manage a medical imaging study display environment. The method includes receiving, from at least one display device coupled to a medical imaging workstation, display environment context data. The method also includes extracting, by processing circuitry, metadata from a medical imaging study accessed by the medical imaging workstation, determining based at least in part on the metadata, image viewing context data, determining, based on the display environment context data and the image viewing context data, whether a display environment of the medical imaging workstation complies with one or more rules for viewing the medical imaging study, and in response to determining that the display environment of the medical imaging workstation does not comply with the one or more rules, performing at least one action before allowing viewing of the medical imaging study to proceed. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125778 | MULTIPLE DISPLAY RENDERING OF DIGITAL CONTENT - Techniques are provided for segmenting digital content into a plurality of tiles which can be displayed across multiple application windows. For example, in one specific implementation, the methods disclosed herein can be used to segment a webpage into a plurality of tiles, wherein each of the tiles can be displayed in a separate web browser that displays a portion of the original webpage. In general, each content browser identifies which tile it displays based on a configuration that can be stored locally by the browser. To maintain interactivity such as may be provided by active content, each browser includes a mutation observer configured to detect changes in a document object model (DOM) and/or cascading style sheet (CSS) associated with the displayed content. Detected changes are recorded in notification messages which can be broadcast to other content browsers via a WebSocket connection or a direct peer-to-peer network. | 05-05-2016 |
20160136449 | PHOTOTHERAPY DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - According to one aspect, a display device may include: a display unit including a plurality of pixels; and a controller arranged to receive an image signal comprising a plurality of image frames and then, if certain of the image frames are determined to represent a still image, to insert a sub-image frame between immediately successive image frames of the certain of the image frames, the sub-image frame allowing at least one of the plurality of pixels to emit light of a specified wavelength. | 05-19-2016 |
20160148341 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DESIGNING USING SYMBOLIZED IMAGE, AND DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING DESIGN TARGET TO WHICH SYMBOLIZED IMAGE IS APPLIED - A first method for mapping out a design by using a symbolized image and a second method for analyzing an object of design to which a symbolized image is applied is provided. The first method includes the steps of: mapping out an object of design to display the symbolized image including a symbolic sign created at a position in the symbolized image corresponding to a blank space of a character image; and outputting an image of the object of design. Further, the second method includes the steps of: receiving information on an appearance of the object of design implemented by using a symbolized image including a symbolic sign created at a position in the symbolized image corresponding to a blank space of the character image; extracting the symbolized image implemented on the object of design; and (c) displaying the extracted symbolized image. | 05-26-2016 |
20160163288 | Portable Information Code Display Apparatus - There is provided a portable information code display apparatus. The apparatus includes a display unit that is capable of displaying an image in addition to a direction detecting unit and a display control unit. The direction detecting unit is capable of detecting that the display unit is oriented is a predetermined orientation. The display control unit controlling display performed in the display unit. Practically, the display control unit displays an information code on the display unit in a predetermined readable state in which the information is readable and to maintains the display of the information code in the readable state, when the direction detecting unit detects that the display unit is oriented in the predetermined orientation. | 06-09-2016 |
20160174910 | BIOLOGICAL EXERCISE INFORMATION DISPLAY PROCESSING DEVICE AND BIOLOGICAL EXERCISE INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160187994 | FOLDABLE DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A foldable device and a method of controlling the same are provided. The foldable device includes: a flexible display which includes a main display area and an edge display area; and a controller which is configured to determine, based on an angle at which the foldable device is unfolded, a range of a partial activation area of the main display area, wherein the range of the partial activation area is partially bounded by a boundary between the edge display area and the main display area. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189667 | AUDIO OUTPUT APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An audio output apparatus a display configured to display an output image; a speaker configured to output audio; and a processor configured to control the speaker to output music content as the audio, determine, based on meta data and external environment information, an image category corresponding to the music content among presorted image categories, determine at least one image corresponding to the determined image category as a background image, and control the display to display the determined at least one image as the output image. | 06-30-2016 |
20160203639 | Displaying Location-Based Rules on Augmented Reality Glasses | 07-14-2016 |
20160253300 | INK STROKE EDITING AND MANIPULATION | 09-01-2016 |
20180025519 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20190147659 | METHOD AND APPARTATUS FOR SELECTIVELY PFRESENTING CONTENT | 05-16-2019 |
20220139351 | GRAPHICS WITH ADAPTIVE TEMPORAL ADJUSTMENTS - An embodiment of an electronic processing system may include an application processor, persistent storage media communicatively coupled to the application processor, a graphics subsystem communicatively coupled to the application processor, an object space adjuster communicatively coupled to the graphics subsystem to adjust an object space parameter based on a screen space parameter, and a sample adjuster communicatively coupled to the graphics subsystem to adjust a sample parameter of the graphics subsystem based on a detected condition. Other embodiments are disclosed and claimed. | 05-05-2022 |